Electrical System: Content
Electrical System: Content
Electrical System: Content
SECTION EL MA
EM
LC
EC
CONTENTS FE
EL-2
CONTENTS (Cont’d)
DOOR MIRROR ...........................................................276 Wiring Diagram - NATS -.........................................427 GI
Wiring Diagram - MIRROR - ...................................276 CONSULT-II .............................................................430
POWER WINDOW .......................................................278 Trouble Diagnoses/QG Engine Models and YD
System Description..................................................278 Engine Models with Common Rail ..........................433 MA
Schematic ................................................................280 How to Replace NATS Antenna Amp......................449
Wiring Diagram - WINDOW - ..................................281 Trouble Diagnoses/YD Engine Models without
Trouble Diagnoses...................................................285 Common Rail and K9K Engine Models...................450
EM
POWER DOOR LOCK.................................................286 How to Replace NATS IMMU..................................467
System Description..................................................286 NAVIGATION SYSTEM ...............................................468 LC
Schematic ................................................................288 System Description..................................................468
Wiring Diagram - D/LOCK -.....................................290 Precautions for AV and NAVI Control Unit
Trouble Diagnosis/QG Engine Models and YD Replacement............................................................478 EC
Engine Models with Common Rail ..........................297 Component Parts Location ......................................479
Trouble Diagnoses/YD Engine Models with Location of Antenna.................................................479
Common Rail and K9K Engine Models...................324 Schematic ................................................................480 FE
POWER DOOR LOCK - SUPER LOCK -...................333 Wiring Diagram - NAVI -..........................................481
System Description..................................................333 Wiring Diagram - COMM -.......................................486 CL
Schematic ................................................................336 Terminals and Reference Value for AV and NAVI
Wiring Diagram - S/LOCK -.....................................338 Control Unit..............................................................488
Trouble Diagnosis/QG Engine Models and YD Terminals and Reference Value for Display ............492 MT
Engine Models with Common Rail ..........................345 Terminals and Reference Value for Multifunction
Trouble Diagnoses/YD Engine Models without Switch ......................................................................494
Common Rail and K9K Engine Models...................376 Self-Diagnosis Function...........................................495 AT
MULTI-REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM .......................389 Self-Diagnosis Mode................................................496
System Description..................................................389 Confirmation/Adjustment Mode ...............................499
AX
Wiring Diagram - MULTI - .......................................390 Power Supply and Ground Circuit Check ...............505
Trouble Diagnoses/QG Engine Models and YD Check Display Unit, Multifunction Switch Power,
Engine Models with Common Rail ..........................392 and Ground Circuit ..................................................507 SU
Trouble Diagnoses/YD Engine Models without Vehicle Speed Signal Check ...................................509
Common Rail and K9K Engine Models...................397 Illumination Control Signal Check ...........................510
ID Code Entry Procedure ........................................401 Ignition Signal Check...............................................511 BR
Remote Controller Battery Replacement.................404 Reverse Signal Check .............................................512
THEFT WARNING SYSTEM .......................................405 RGB Screen Is Not Shown......................................513
Wiring Diagram - PRWIRE -....................................405 No Screens Appear .................................................515
ST
SMART ENTRANCE CONTROL SYSTEM.................407 Color of RGB Image Is Not Proper .........................516
Description ...............................................................407 RGB Screen Is Rolling ............................................520 RS
CONSULT-II .............................................................409 Guide Sound Is Not Heard ......................................522
Schematic ................................................................412 Multifunction Switch Controls Are Ineffective
Smart Entrance Control Unit Inspection Table ........414 (Rear Defogger Control Excluded) ..........................523 BT
Trouble Diagnoses...................................................416 Air Conditioning Controls (Only) Are Ineffective
Power Supply and Ground Circuit Check ...............416 (Rear Defogger Control Excluded) ..........................527
CAN Communication Line Check............................418 No Fuel Information Is Displayed/No Warning HA
TIME CONTROL UNIT ................................................419 Message Is Displayed .............................................529
Description ...............................................................419 Previous Conditions Are Not Stored........................531
SC
Trouble Diagnoses...................................................420 The Position of The Current-Location Mark Is
Schematic ................................................................422 Not Correct ..............................................................531
NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM).....................424 Radio Wave From The GPS Satellite Is Not
Component Parts and Harness Connetor Received ..................................................................532
Location ...................................................................424 Display Does Not Change When Screen
System Description..................................................424 Adjustment Is Performed .........................................532 IDX
System Composition................................................425
EL-3
CONTENTS (Cont’d)
Day/Night Display Switching Is Not Done. Night Trouble Diagnoses...................................................646
Illumination for AV and NAVI Control Unit Does Component Inspection.............................................660
Not Illuminate...........................................................532 CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 6)..............................................661
On Multifunction Switch, a Specific Switch Does Component Parts and Harness Connector
Not Operate in All Conditions ..................................533 Location ...................................................................661
Driving Information Is Inaccurate. Maintenance System Description..................................................661
Information Is Inaccurate .........................................533 Wiring Diagram - CAN - ..........................................662
System Does Not Start............................................533 Trouble Diagnoses...................................................664
The Current Position Mark Is in the Wrong Place ..534 Component Inspection.............................................673
The Current-Location Mark Will Not Move CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 7)..............................................674
Forward/Backward ...................................................535 Component Parts and Harness Connector
The Position of the Current-Location Mark Is Not Location ...................................................................674
Correct .....................................................................535 System Description..................................................674
Driving Test ..............................................................536 Wiring Diagram - CAN - ..........................................675
Example of Symptoms Judged Not Abnormal ........537 Trouble Diagnoses...................................................677
Program Loading .....................................................545 Component Inspection.............................................694
CAN COMMUNICATION .............................................546 CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 8)..............................................695
System Description..................................................546 Component Parts and Harness Connector
CAN Communication Unit........................................546 Location ...................................................................695
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 1)..............................................557 System Description..................................................695
Component Parts and Harness Connector Wiring Diagram - CAN - ..........................................696
Location ...................................................................557 Trouble Diagnoses...................................................698
System Description..................................................557 Component Inspection.............................................712
Wiring Diagram - CAN - ..........................................558 CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 9)..............................................713
Trouble Diagnoses...................................................560 Component Parts and Harness Connector
Component Inspection.............................................581 Location ...................................................................713
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 2)..............................................582 System Description..................................................713
Component Parts and Harness Connector Wiring Diagram - CAN - ..........................................714
Location ...................................................................582 Trouble Diagnoses...................................................716
System Description..................................................582 Component Inspection.............................................725
Wiring Diagram - CAN - ..........................................583 ELECTRICAL UNITS LOCATION...............................726
Trouble Diagnoses...................................................585 Engine Compartment...............................................726
Component Inspection.............................................603 Passenger Compartment/LHD Models....................728
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 3)..............................................604 Passenger Compartment/RHD Models ...................730
Component Parts and Harness Connector HARNESS LAYOUT ....................................................732
Location ...................................................................604 How to Read Harness Layout .................................732
System Description..................................................604 Outline/Sedan ..........................................................733
Wiring Diagram - CAN - ..........................................605 Outline/Hatchback....................................................735
Trouble Diagnoses...................................................607 Main Harness...........................................................738
Component Inspection.............................................621 Engine Room Harness ............................................742
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 4)..............................................622 Engine Control Harness/QG Engine Models...........750
Component Parts and Harness Connector Engine Control Harness/YD Engine Models ...........754
Location ...................................................................622 Engine Control Harness/K9K Engine Models .........762
System Description..................................................622 Body Harness/Sedan...............................................764
Wiring Diagram - CAN - ..........................................623 Body Harness/Hatchback ........................................772
Trouble Diagnoses...................................................625 Room Lamp Harness...............................................776
Component Inspection.............................................642 Front Door Harness/LHD Models ............................777
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 5)..............................................643 Front Door Harness/RHD Models ...........................779
Component Parts and Harness Connector Rear Door Harness..................................................781
Location ...................................................................643 Back Door Harness .................................................783
System Description..................................................643 BULB SPECIFICATIONS ............................................784
Wiring Diagram - CAN - ..........................................644 Headlamp.................................................................784
EL-4
CONTENTS (Cont’d)
Exterior Lamp ..........................................................784 WIRING DIAGRAM CODES (CELL CODES).............785 GI
Interior Lamp............................................................784
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-5
PRECAUTIONS
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”
PKIA0306E
EL-6
PRECAUTIONS
Precautions for Harness Repair (Cont’d)
I Do not perform bypass wire connections for the repair parts.
(The spliced wire will become separated and the characteris-
tics of twisted line will be lost.) GI
MA
EM
PKIA0307E LC
Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis NJEL0002
When you read wiring diagrams, refer to the following: EC
I Refer to GI-11, “HOW TO READ WIRING DIAGRAMS”
I Refer to EL-12, “POWER SUPPLY ROUTING” for power distribution circuit
When you perform trouble diagnosis, refer to the following: FE
I Refer to GI-32, “HOW TO FOLLOW TEST GROUPS IN TROUBLE DIAGNOSES”
I Refer to GI-21, “HOW TO PERFORM EFFICIENT DIAGNOSIS FOR AN ELECTRICAL INCIDENT” CL
Check for any Service bulletins before servicing the vehicle.
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-7
HARNESS CONNECTOR
Description
Description NJEL0003
HARNESS CONNECTOR (TAB-LOCKING TYPE) NJEL0003S01
I The tab-locking type connectors help prevent accidental looseness or disconnection.
I The tab-locking type connectors are disconnected by pushing or lifting the locking tab(s). Refer to the
illustration below.
Refer to the next page for description of the slide-locking type connector.
CAUTION:
Do not pull the harness or wires when disconnecting the connector.
[Example]
SEL769DA
EL-8
HARNESS CONNECTOR
Description (Cont’d)
HARNESS CONNECTOR (SLIDE-LOCKING TYPE) =NJEL0003S02
I A new style slide-locking type connector is used on certain systems and components, especially those
related to OBD. GI
I The slide-locking type connectors help prevent incomplete locking and accidental looseness or disconnec-
tion.
I The slide-locking type connectors are disconnected by pushing or pulling the slider. Refer to the illustra-
MA
tion below.
CAUTION: EM
I Do not pull the harness or wires when disconnecting the connector.
I Be careful not to damage the connector support bracket when disconnecting the connector.
[Example] LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
SEL769V
HA
SC
IDX
EL-9
STANDARDIZED RELAY
Description
Description NJEL0004
NORMAL OPEN, NORMAL CLOSED AND MIXED TYPE RELAYS NJEL0004S01
Relays can mainly be divided into three types: normal open, normal closed and mixed type relays.
SEL881H
1M 1 Make 2M 2 Make
SEL882H
EL-10
STANDARDIZED RELAY
Description (Cont’d)
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
GEL264
EL-11
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING
Schematic
Schematic NJEL0418
SMA for VIN >SJNxxAN16U0522332
YEL244F
EL-12
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING
Schematic (Cont’d)
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL245F
EL-13
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING
Wiring Diagram — POWER —
YEL246F
EL-14
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING
Wiring Diagram — POWER — (Cont’d)
For K9K engine models NJEL0419S0102
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL247F
EL-15
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING
Wiring Diagram — POWER — (Cont’d)
For all engine models NJEL0419S0103
YEL248F
EL-16
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING
Wiring Diagram — POWER — (Cont’d)
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL249F
EL-17
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING
Wiring Diagram — POWER — (Cont’d)
YEL525E
EL-18
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING
Wiring Diagram — POWER — (Cont’d)
ACCESSORY POWER SUPPLY — IGNITION SWITCH IN “ACC” OR “ON” NJEL0419S04
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL526E
EL-19
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING
Wiring Diagram — POWER — (Cont’d)
IGNITION POWER SUPPLY — IGNITION SW. IN “ON” OR “START” POSITION NJEL0419S05
YEL665D
EL-20
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING
Wiring Diagram — POWER — (Cont’d)
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL666D
EL-21
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING
Wiring Diagram — POWER — (Cont’d)
YEL667D
EL-22
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING
Inspection
Inspection NJEL0007
FUSE
I If fuse is blown, be sure to eliminate cause of problem
NJEL0007S01
GI
before installing new fuse.
I Use fuse of specified rating. Never use fuse of more than MA
specified rating.
I Do not partially install fuse; always insert it into fuse
holder properly. EM
I Remove fuse for “ELECTRICAL PARTS (BAT)” if vehicle is
not used for a long period of time.
CEL083 LC
FUSIBLE LINK NJEL0007S02
A melted fusible link can be detected either by visual inspection or EC
by feeling with finger tip. If its condition is questionable, use circuit
tester or test lamp.
CAUTION: FE
I If fusible link should melt, it is possible that critical circuit
(power supply or large current carrying circuit) is shorted.
In such a case, carefully check and eliminate cause of CL
problem.
I Never wrap outside of fusible link with vinyl tape. Impor-
SEL165W tant: Never let fusible link touch any other wiring harness, MT
vinyl or rubber parts.
AT
AX
SU
BR
BT
HA
SBF284E
EL-23
GROUND
Ground Distribution SMA for VIN >SJNxxAN16U0522332
Ground Distribution NJEL0008
MAIN HARNESS NJEL0008S01
YEL789D
EL-24
GROUND
Ground Distribution (Cont’d)
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL597E
EL-25
GROUND
Ground Distribution (Cont’d)
YEL791D
EL-26
GROUND
Ground Distribution (Cont’d)
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL598E
EL-27
GROUND
Ground Distribution (Cont’d)
ENGINE ROOM HARNESS NJEL0008S02
YEL866D
EL-28
GROUND
Ground Distribution (Cont’d)
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL367F
EL-29
GROUND
Ground Distribution (Cont’d)
YEL600E
EL-30
GROUND
Ground Distribution (Cont’d)
ENGINE CONTROL HARNESS/QG ENGINE MODELS NJEL0008S15
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL796D
EL-31
GROUND
Ground Distribution (Cont’d)
ENGINE CONTROL HARNESS/YD ENGINE MODELS WITHOUT COMMON RAIL NJEL0008S16
YEL798D
EL-32
GROUND
Ground Distribution (Cont’d)
ENGINE CONTROL HARNESS/YD ENGINE MODELS WITH COMMON RAIL NJEL0008S12
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL797D
EL-33
GROUND
Ground Distribution (Cont’d)
ENGINE CONTROL HARNESS/K9K ENGINE MODELS NJEL0008S17
YEL869D
EL-34
GROUND
Ground Distribution (Cont’d)
BODY HARNESS/SEDAN NJEL0008S04
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL800D
EL-35
GROUND
Ground Distribution (Cont’d)
YEL612C
EL-36
GROUND
Ground Distribution (Cont’d)
BODY HARNESS/HATCHBACK NJEL0008S10
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL613C
EL-37
GROUND
Ground Distribution (Cont’d)
BACK DOOR HARNESS NJEL0008S11
YEL801D
EL-38
GROUND
Ground Distribution (Cont’d)
ROOM LAMP AND REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER HARNESS NJEL0008S08
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL615C
EL-39
COMBINATION SWITCH
Check
Check NJEL0423
YEL802D
EL-40
COMBINATION SWITCH
Replacement
Replacement NJEL0010
For removal and installation of spiral cable, refer to RS
section, “Installation — Air Bag Module and Spiral Cable”. GI
I Each switch can be replaced without removing combination
switch base.
MA
EM
MKIA0054E LC
I To remove combination switch base, remove base attaching
screw.
EC
FE
CL
CEL406
MT
I Before installing the steering wheel, align the steering wheel
guide pins with the screws which secure the combination AT
switch as shown in the left figure.
AX
SU
BR
SEL151V
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-41
STEERING SWITCH
Check
Check NJEL0350
YEL200E
EL-42
HEADLAMP
Wiring Diagram — H/LAMP —
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL527E
EL-43
HEADLAMP
Trouble Diagnoses
LH headlamp (low and high beam) 1. 15A fuse 1. Check 15A fuse (No. 35, located in fuse and fusible
does not operate, but RH head- 2. Headlamp LH ground circuit link box). Verify battery positive voltage is present at
lamp (low and high beam) does 3. Lighting switch lighting switch terminal 8.
operate. 2. Check headlamp LH ground circuit.
3. Check lighting switch.
RH headlamp (low and high beam) 1. 15A fuse 1. Check 15A fuse (No. 36, located in fuse and fusible
does not operate, but LH headlamp 2. Headlamp RH ground circuit link box). Verify battery positive voltage is present at
(low and high beam) does operate. 3. Lighting switch lighting switch terminal 5.
2. Check headlamp RH ground circuit.
3. Check lighting switch.
High beam indicator does not work. 1. Bulb 1. Check bulb in combination meter.
2. Ground circuit 2. Check harness between high beam indicator and
3. Open in high beam circuit ground.
3. Check the harness between lighting switch and
combination meter for an open circuit.
EL-44
HEADLAMP
Bulb Replacement
YEL809D
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
CAUTION: SC
Be sure aiming switch is set to “0” when performing aiming
adjustment on vehicles equipped with headlamp aiming con-
trol.
IDX
SEL984W
EL-45
HEADLAMP
Aiming Adjustment (Cont’d)
LOW BEAM =NJEL0016S02
1. Turn headlamp low beam on.
2. Use adjusting screws to perform aiming adjustment.
I First tighten the adjusting screw all the way and then
make adjustment by loosening the screw.
YEL810D
SEL254I
EL-46
HEADLAMP — DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM —
System Description
IDX
EL-47
HEADLAMP — DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM —
Schematic
Schematic NJEL0421
YEL299F
EL-48
HEADLAMP — DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM —
Wiring Diagram — DTRL —
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL881D
EL-49
HEADLAMP — DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM —
Wiring Diagram — DTRL — (Cont’d)
YEL528E
EL-50
HEADLAMP — DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM —
Wiring Diagram — DTRL — (Cont’d)
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL250F
EL-51
HEADLAMP — DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM —
Trouble Diagnoses
Voltage (V)
Terminal No. INPUT (I)/ OUT-
Connections Operated condition (Approximate val-
(Wire color) PUT (O)
ues)
START 12
6 (B/Y) Start signal I Ignition switch
ON, ACC or OFF 0
ON or START 12
7 (BR) Power source — Ignition switch
ACC or OFF 0
Running 12
8 (Y/R) Alternator “L” terminal I Engine
Stopped 0
9 (B/Y) Ground — — —
1ST·2ND position 12
11 (W/R) Lighting switch I
OFF 0
*: Daytime light operating: Lighting switch in “OFF” position with engine running.
EL-52
HEADLAMP — DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM —
Aiming Adjustment
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-53
HEADLAMP — HEADLAMP AIMING CONTROL —
Wiring Diagram — H/AIM —
YEL673D
EL-54
HEADLAMP — HEADLAMP AIMING CONTROL —
Wiring Diagram — H/AIM — (Cont’d)
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL674D
EL-55
PARKING, LICENSE AND TAIL LAMPS
Wiring Diagram — TAIL/L —
YEL251F
EL-56
PARKING, LICENSE AND TAIL LAMPS
Wiring Diagram — TAIL/L — (Cont’d)
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL676D
EL-57
PARKING, LICENSE AND TAIL LAMPS
Wiring Diagram — TAIL/L — (Cont’d)
YEL677D
EL-58
STOP LAMP
Wiring Diagram — STOP/L —
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL678D
EL-59
STOP LAMP
Wiring Diagram — STOP/L — (Cont’d)
YEL679D
EL-60
BACK-UP LAMP
SMA for VIN >SJNxxAN16U0522332 Wiring Diagram — BACK/L —
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL252F
EL-61
BACK-UP LAMP
Wiring Diagram — BACK/L — (Cont’d)
YEL681D
EL-62
FRONT FOG LAMP
Wiring Diagram — F/FOG —
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL886D
EL-63
FRONT FOG LAMP
Bulb Replacement
YEL811D
EL-64
FRONT FOG LAMP
Aiming Adjustment
CL
MEL327G
MT
4. Adjust front fog lamps so that the top edge of the high inten-
sity zone is 152 mm (5.98 in) (Sedan) or 91 to 136 mm (3.58 AT
to 5.35 in) (Hatchback) below the height of the fog lamp cen-
ters as shown at left.
I When performing adjustment, if necessary, cover the head- AX
lamps and opposite fog lamp.
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
NEL794
SC
IDX
EL-65
REAR FOG LAMP
Wiring Diagram — R/FOG —
YEL683D
EL-66
REAR FOG LAMP
Wiring Diagram — R/FOG — (Cont’d)
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL684D
EL-67
TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMPS
System Description/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail
EL-68
TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMPS
System Description/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
I to combination meter terminal 26 and 27
I from smart entrance control unit terminal 8 and 11.
GI
HAZARD LAMP OPERATION NJEL0430S02
Power is supplied at all times
I through 15A fuse [No. 5, located in fuse block (J/B)] MA
I to smart entrance control unit terminal 56
With the hazard switch in the ON position, ground is supplied from body grounds M28 and M67
EM
I to smart entrance control unit terminal 30
I through hazard switch terminals 1 and 3.
With ground is supplied, smart entrance control unit controls the flashing of the hazard warning lamps. LC
Power is supplied from smart entrance control unit terminal 64
I to front turn signal lamp LH terminal 1,
EC
I to side turn signal lamp LH terminal 2,
I to rear combination lamp LH terminal 2 (for sedan models) or
I to rear combination lamp LH terminal 5 (for hatchback models). FE
Power is supplied from smart entrance control unit terminal 63
I to front turn signal lamp RH terminal 1,
CL
I to side turn signal lamp RH terminal 2,
I to rear combination lamp RH terminal 2 (for sedan models) or
I to rear combination lamp RH terminal 5 (for hatchback models). MT
Ground is supplied to terminal 2 each front turn signal lamp through body grounds E30 and E73.
Ground is supplied to terminal 1 each side turn signal lamp through body grounds E30 and E73.
Ground is supplied to terminal 1 of rear combination lamp through body grounds B9 and B21 and B308 (for AT
sedan models).
Ground is supplied to terminal 4 of rear combination lamp through body grounds B9, B21 and D96 (for hatch-
back models).
AX
With power and ground supplied, the smart entrance control unit controls the flashing of the hazard warning
lamps, and smart entrance control unit sent flashing indicator signal (hazard warning signal) to combination
meter with CAN communication line.
SU
I to combination meter terminal 26 and 27
I from smart entrance control unit terminals 8 and 11. BR
HAZARD REMINDER OPERATION FOR MULTI-REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM NJEL0430S04
When the doors are locked or unlocked by multi-remote controller, smart entrance control unit controls turn ST
lamps hazard reminder flashes as follows.
I Locked operation: Flash once
I Unlock operation: Flash twice RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-69
TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMPS
System Description/YD Engine Models without Common Rail and K9K Engine Models
EL-70
TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMPS
Schematic
Schematic NJEL0534
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL887D
EL-71
TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMPS
Wiring Diagram — TURN —
YEL253F
EL-72
TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMPS
Wiring Diagram — TURN — (Cont’d)
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL687D
EL-73
TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMPS
Wiring Diagram — TURN — (Cont’d)
YEL688D
EL-74
TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMPS
Trouble Diagnoses
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-75
ILLUMINATION
Schematic - Type 1 SMA for VIN >SJNxxAN16U0522332
YEL254F
EL-76
ILLUMINATION
Schematic - Type 2
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL889D
EL-77
ILLUMINATION
Schematic - Type 3
YEL689D
EL-78
ILLUMINATION
SMA for VIN >SJNxxAN16U0522332 Wiring Diagram — ILL - Type 1 —
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL532E
EL-79
ILLUMINATION
Wiring Diagram — ILL - Type 1 — (Cont’d)
YEL300F
EL-80
ILLUMINATION
Wiring Diagram — ILL - Type 1 — (Cont’d)
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL534E
EL-81
ILLUMINATION
Wiring Diagram — ILL - Type 1 — (Cont’d)
YEL535E
EL-82
ILLUMINATION
Wiring Diagram — ILL - Type 2 —
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL255F
EL-83
ILLUMINATION
Wiring Diagram — ILL - Type 2 — (Cont’d)
YEL256F
EL-84
ILLUMINATION
Wiring Diagram — ILL - Type 2 — (Cont’d)
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL257F
EL-85
ILLUMINATION
Wiring Diagram — ILL - Type 2 — (Cont’d)
YEL258F
EL-86
ILLUMINATION
Wiring Diagram — ILL - Type 3 —
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL259F
EL-87
ILLUMINATION
Wiring Diagram — ILL - Type 3 — (Cont’d)
YEL260F
EL-88
ILLUMINATION
Wiring Diagram — ILL - Type 3 — (Cont’d)
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL261F
EL-89
ILLUMINATION
Wiring Diagram — ILL - Type 3 — (Cont’d)
YEL262F
EL-90
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP
System Description/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail
EL-92
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP
System Description/YD Engine Models without Common Rail and K9K Engine Models
EL-93
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP
System Description/YD Engine Models without Common Rail and K9K Engine Models (Cont’d)
I driver’s door is locked,
I driver’s door is opened, or
I ignition switch is turned ON.
ON-OFF CONTROL NJEL0662S04
When the driver side door, front passenger door, rear LH or RH door is opened, the interior room lamp turns
on while the interior room lamp switch is in the “DOOR” position.
BATTERY SAVER NJEL0662S05
The interior room lamp is turned OFF automatically with the lamp switch in the “DOOR” position after about
30 minutes, if the lamp remains lit by the door switch open signal.
EL-94
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP
SMA for VIN >SJNxxAN16U0522332 Wiring Diagram — ROOM/L —
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL536E
EL-95
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP
Wiring Diagram — ROOM/L — (Cont’d)
YEL301F
EL-96
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP
Trouble Diagnoses/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail
Terminal Wire
MA
Connections Operated condition Voltage (Approximate values)
No. color
53 B Ground — 0V AT
56 R/B Power source — 12V
BR
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Connect “CONSULT-II” to the data link connector.
ST
RS
BT
HA
MAIA0009E
IDX
MBIB0233E
EL-97
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP
Trouble Diagnoses/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
5. Touch “SMART ENTRANCE”.
SIIA1678E
YEL323E
SEL788W
CDL LOCK SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of door lock/unlock switch (lock signal).
CDL UNLOCK SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of door lock/unlock switch (unlock signal).
RKE LOCK Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of lock signal from remote controller.
RKE UNLOCK Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of unlock signal from remote controller.
RKE SEL UNLOCK Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of select unlock signal from remote controller.
EL-98
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP
Trouble Diagnoses/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 1 NJEL0549S04
Interior Room Lamp Timer Does Not Operate NJEL0549S0401
GI
1 CHECK IGNITION ON SIGNAL
WITH CONSULT-II
Check ignition switch ON signal (“IGNITION SW”) in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. MA
EM
LC
EC
MKIB0196E FE
When ignition switch is ON: IGNITION SW ON
When ignition switch is OFF: IGNITION SW OFF
CL
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Disconnect smart entrance control unit. MT
2. Check voltage between smart entrance control unit harness connector M194 terminal 29 (Y/G) and ground.
AT
AX
SU
BR
YEL304F
ST
RS
MTBL1422 BT
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 2. HA
NG © Check the following.
I Replace 10A fuse [No. 10, located in fuse block (J/B)]
I Repair or replace harness. SC
IDX
EL-99
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP
Trouble Diagnoses/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
MKIB0197E
When driver side door is open: DR DOOR SW ON
When driver side door is closed: DR DOOR SW OFF
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Connect smart entrance control unit connector.
2. Check voltage between smart entrance control unit harness connector M194 terminal 43 (R/W) and ground.
MKIB0073E
MTBL1851
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 4.
NG © GO TO 3.
EL-100
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP
Trouble Diagnoses/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
MA
EM
LC
SEL325WA
EC
OK or NG
OK © I Check harness for open or short between smart entrance control unit and front door FE
switch (driver side).
I Check front door switch (driver side) and ground.
I Replace smart entrance control unit. CL
NG © I Replace front door switch (driver side).
I Repair or replace harness. MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-101
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP
Trouble Diagnoses/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
MKIB0198E
When door lock/unlock is locked:
CDL LOCK SW ON
CDL UNLOCK SW OFF
When door lock/unlock is unlocked:
CDL LOCK SW OFF
CDL UNLOCK SW ON
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
Check voltage between smart entrance control unit harness connector M193 terminals 13 (P), 14 (L) and ground.
YEL483E
MTBL1425
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 6.
NG © GO TO 5.
EL-102
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP
Trouble Diagnoses/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
EM
LC
EC
YEL261E
I Door lock/unlock switch (without power window system) FE
CL
MT
AT
SEL469X
AX
OK or NG
OK © I Check harness for open or short between smart entrance control unit and door lock/
unlock switch. SU
I Check door lock/unlock switch and ground.
I Replace smart entrance control unit.
BR
NG © I Replace lock/unlock switch.
I Repair or replace harness.
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-103
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP
Trouble Diagnoses/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
MKIB0199E
When each doors is open: EACH DOOR SW ON
When each doors is closed: EACH DOOR SW OFF
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
Check voltage between smart entrance control unit and ground.
MKIB0077E
MTBL1794
OK or NG
OK © I LHD models: Replace smart entrance control unit.
I RHD models: GO TO 8.
NG © GO TO 7.
EL-104
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP
Trouble Diagnoses/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
MA
EM
LC
EC
MKIB0234E
FE
CL
MT
MTBL1429
OK or NG
AT
OK © Check harness for open or short between smart entrance control unit and door switch.
NG © I Replace door switch. AX
I Repair or replace harness.
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-105
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP
Trouble Diagnoses/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
MKIB0200E
When key is inserted: KEY IN DETECT ON
When key is removed: KEY IN DETECT OFF
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
Check voltage between smart entrance control unit harness connector M193 terminal 5 (L/W) and ground.
MKIB0079E
MTBL1430
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 10.
NG © GO TO 9.
EL-106
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP
Trouble Diagnoses/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
MA
EM
LC
YEL791C
OK or NG
EC
OK © Check the following.
I 10A fuse [No. 12, located in fuse block (J/B)]
I Harness for open or short between key switch and fuse FE
I Harness for open or short between smart entrance control unit and key switch
I GO TO 10.
NG © I Replace key switch. CL
I Repair or replace harness or fuse.
MT
10 CHECK SMART ENTRANCE CONTROL UNIT GROUND
Check continuity between smart entrance control unit connector M195 terminal 53 (B) and ground.
AT
AX
SU
BR
MKIB0014E
Continuity should exist. ST
OK or NG
OK © Replace smart entrance control unit. RS
NG © Repair or replace harness.
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-107
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP
Trouble Diagnoses/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 2 =NJEL0549S05
Interior Room Lamp Timer Does Not Cancel NJEL0549S0501
MKIB0196E
When ignition switch is ON: IGNITION SW ON
When ignition switch is OFF: IGNITION SW OFF
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Disconnect smart entrance control unit connector.
2. Check voltage between smart entrance control unit and ground.
YEL304F
MTBL1432
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 2.
NG © Check the following.
I Replace 10A fuse [No. 10, located in fuse block (J/B)]
I Repair or replace harness.
EL-108
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP
Trouble Diagnoses/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
MA
EM
LC
EC
MKIB0197E
When driver’s door switch is open: DR DOOR SW ON
When driver’s door switch is closed: DR DOOR SW OFF FE
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Connect smart entrance control unit connector. CL
2. Check voltage between smart entrance control unit harness connector M194 terminal 43 (R/W) and ground.
MT
AT
AX
SU
MKIB0073E
BR
MTBL1433
ST
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 4.
RS
NG © GO TO 3.
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-109
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP
Trouble Diagnoses/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
SEL325WA
OK or NG
OK © Check harness for open or short between smart entrance control unit and driver side
door switch.
NG © I Replace driver side door switch.
I Repair or replace harness.
EL-110
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP
Trouble Diagnoses/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
EM
LC
EC
MKIB0198E
When door lock/unlock is locked: FE
CDL LOCK SW ON
CDL UNLOCK SW OFF
When door lock/unlock is unlocked:
CDL LOCK SW OFF
CL
CDL UNLOCK SW ON
MT
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
Check voltage between smart entrance control unit harness connector M193 terminals 13 (P), 14 (L) and ground.
AT
AX
SU
BR
YEL483E
ST
RS
BT
HA
MTBL1435
OK or NG SC
OK © Replace smart entrance control unit.
NG © GO TO 5.
IDX
EL-111
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP
Trouble Diagnoses/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
YEL326F
I Door lock/unlock switch (without power window system)
YEL327F
OK or NG
OK © I Check harness for open or short between smart entrance control unit and door lock/
unlock switch.
I Check door lock/unlock switch and ground.
NG © I Replace lock/unlock switch.
I Repair or replace harness.
EL-112
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP
Trouble Diagnoses/YD Engine Models without Common Rail and K9K Engine Models
LC
EC
FE
SEL429X
OK or NG CL
OK © GO TO 2.
NG © Check the following. MT
I 10A fuse [No. 10, located in fuse block (J/B)]
I Harness for open or short between time control unit and fuse
AT
2 CHECK DOOR SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL
Check voltage between time control unit harness connector terminal 6 and ground. AX
SU
BR
ST
SEL430X RS
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 4. BT
NG © GO TO 3.
HA
SC
IDX
EL-113
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP
Trouble Diagnoses/YD Engine Models without Common Rail and K9K Engine Models (Cont’d)
SEL325WA
OK or NG
OK © Check the following.
I Driver side door switch ground circuit and condition
I Harness for open or short between time control unit and driver side door switch
NG © Replace driver side door switch.
SEL431X
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 6.
NG © GO TO 5.
EL-114
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP
Trouble Diagnoses/YD Engine Models without Common Rail and K9K Engine Models (Cont’d)
MA
EM
LC
EC
YEL305F
OK or NG
FE
OK © Check the following.
I Door unlock sensor ground circuit
I Harness for open or short between time control unit and door unlock sensor
CL
NG © Replace door unlock sensor.
MT
6 CHECK DOOR SWITCHES INPUT SIGNAL
Check voltage between time control unit harness connector terminal 7 and ground.
AT
AX
SU
BR
SEL432X
OK or NG
ST
OK © GO TO 8.
NG © GO TO 7. RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-115
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP
Trouble Diagnoses/YD Engine Models without Common Rail and K9K Engine Models (Cont’d)
SEL794WA
OK or NG
OK © Check the following.
I Door switch ground condition
I Harness for open or short between time control unit and door switch
NG © Replace door switch.
SEL433X
OK or NG
OK © Replace time control unit.
NG © GO TO 9.
EL-116
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP
Trouble Diagnoses/YD Engine Models without Common Rail and K9K Engine Models (Cont’d)
MA
EM
YEL791C LC
OK or NG
OK © Check the following. EC
I 10A fuse [No. 12, located in fuse block (J/B)]
I Harness for open or short between key switch and fuse
I Harness for open or short between time control unit and key switch FE
NG © Replace key switch.
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-117
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP
Trouble Diagnoses/YD Engine Models without Common Rail and K9K Engine Models (Cont’d)
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 2 =NJEL0663S02
SYMPTOM: Interior lamp timer does not cancel properly.
1 CHECK IGNITION ON SIGNAL
Check voltage between time control unit harness connector terminal 1 and ground.
SEL429X
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 2.
NG © Check the following.
I 10A fuse [No. 10, located in fuse block (J/B)]
I Harness for open or short between time control unit and fuse
SEL430X
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 4.
NG © GO TO 3.
EL-118
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP
Trouble Diagnoses/YD Engine Models without Common Rail and K9K Engine Models (Cont’d)
MA
EM
LC
YEL314F EC
OK or NG
OK © Check the following. FE
I Driver side door switch ground circuit and condition
I Harness for open or short between time control unit and driver side door switch
NG © Replace driver side door switch. CL
AT
AX
SU
BR
SEL431X
OK or NG
ST
OK © Replace time control unit.
NG © GO TO 5.
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-119
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP
Trouble Diagnoses/YD Engine Models without Common Rail and K9K Engine Models (Cont’d)
YEL305F
OK or NG
OK © Check the following.
I Door unlock sensor ground circuit
I Harness for open or short between time control unit and door unlock sensor
NG © Replace door unlock sensor.
EL-120
SPOT AND TRUNK ROOM LAMPS
SMA for VIN >SJNxxAN16U0522332 Wiring Diagram — INT/L —
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL696D
EL-121
SPOT AND TRUNK ROOM LAMPS
Wiring Diagram — INT/L — (Cont’d)
YEL032F
EL-122
METERS AND GAUGES
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location
EM
LC
System Description NJEL0442
UNIFIED CONTROL METER NJEL0442S01
EC
I Speedometer, odo/trip meter, tachometer, fuel gauge and water temperature gauge are controlled totally
by control unit built-in combination meter.
I Digital meter is adopted for odo/trip meter.* FE
*The record of the odo meter is kept even if the battery cable is disconnected. The record of the trip meter
is erased when the battery cable is disconnected.
I Odo/trip meter segment can be checked in diagnosis mode.
CL
I Meter/gauge can be checked in diagnosis mode.
HOW TO CHANGE THE DISPLAY FOR ODO/TRIP METER MT
NJEL0442S02
Model with clock NJEL0442S0201
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
SEL394X
HA
SC
IDX
EL-123
METERS AND GAUGES
System Description (Cont’d)
Model without clock NJEL0442S0202
YEL329E
NOTE:
Turn ignition switch to the “ON” position to operate odo/trip meter.
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT NJEL0442S03
Power is supplied at all times
I through 10A fuse [No. 12, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
I to combination meter terminal 29
With the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position, power is supplied
I through 10A fuse [No. 1, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
I to combination meter terminal 64
With the ignition switch in the ON or START position, power is supplied
I through 10A fuse [No. 30, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
I to combination meter terminal 30
Ground is supplied
I through body grounds F118 (QG engine models), M28 and M67
I to combination meter terminal 32
WATER TEMPERATURE GAUGE NJEL0442S09
The water temperature gauge indicates the engine coolant temperature.
ECM provides a engine coolant temperature signal to combination meter for water temperature gauge with
CAN communication line.
TACHOMETER NJEL0442S10
The tachometer indicates engine speed in revolution per minutes (rpm). ECM provides an engine speed sig-
nal to combination meter for tachometer with CAN communication line.
FUEL GAUGE NJEL0442S06
The fuel gauge indicates the approximate fuel level in the fuel tank.
The fuel gauge is regulated by a variable ground signal supplied
I from body grounds F118 (QG engine models), M28 and M67
I through terminals 33 and 32 of combination meter,
I through terminal 1 of the fuel level sensor unit and
I through terminal 4 of the fuel level sensor unit
I to combination meter terminal 34 for the fuel gauge.
EL-124
METERS AND GAUGES
System Description (Cont’d)
SPEEDOMETER (MODELS WITH ABS) NJEL0442S11
The combination meter receives a signal from the ABS actuator and electric unit. The speedometer converts
the signal into the vehicle speed displayed. GI
SPEEDOMETER (MODELS WITHOUT ABS) NJEL0442S07
The combination meter provides a voltage signal to the vehicle speed sensor for the speedometer. MA
The voltage is supplied
I from combination meter terminal 13 for the speedometer
I to terminal 1 of the vehicle speed sensor. EM
Ground is supplied
I from body grounds F118 (QG engine models), M28 and M67 LC
I through terminals 32 and 14 of combination meter
I to teminal 2 of the vehicle speed sensor.
The speedometer converts the voltage into the vehicle speed displayed.
EC
SPEEDOMETER (MODELS WITH ESP) NJEL0442S12
The ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) provides a vehicle speed signal to the combination meter for FE
the speedmeter via CAN communication line.
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-125
METERS AND GAUGES
Combination Meter SMA for VIN >SJNxxAN16U0513417
Combination Meter NJEL0443
CHECK NJEL0443S01
YEL804D
EL-126
METERS AND GAUGES
SMA for VIN >SJNxxAN16U0513417 Schematic
Schematic NJEL0444
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL786D
EL-127
METERS AND GAUGES
Wiring Diagram — METER — SMA for VIN >SJNxxAN16U0522332
Wiring Diagram — METER — NJEL0446
LHD MODELS NJEL0446S01
YEL895D
EL-128
METERS AND GAUGES
Wiring Diagram — METER — (Cont’d)
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL538E
EL-129
METERS AND GAUGES
Wiring Diagram — METER — (Cont’d)
YEL897D
EL-130
METERS AND GAUGES
Wiring Diagram — METER — (Cont’d)
RHD MODELS NJEL0446S02
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL302F
EL-131
METERS AND GAUGES
Wiring Diagram — METER — (Cont’d)
YEL569E
EL-132
METERS AND GAUGES
Wiring Diagram — METER — (Cont’d)
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL183E
EL-133
METERS AND GAUGES
Combination Meter Self-Diagnosis
A) Odometer segment test All odo trip meter segments are ON.
SEL434X
SEL435X
SEL436X
SEL437X
SEL438X
SEL439X
EL-134
METERS AND GAUGES
Combination Meter Self-Diagnosis (Cont’d)
GI
Error 1
H)
(Bit 0 - Bit 3) MA
The segment of each bit displays “0”, meaning no failure.
SEL441X If the bit(s) displays figures other than “0”, the item of the
bit has failed.
For details, refer to “Failure chart for Error 1 and Error E” EM
below.
Error E
I)
(Bit 4 - Bit 7) LC
SEL442X
EC
Fuel warning lamp is on and odo trip meter segment
J) Fuel warning lamp test
“FUEL” flashes. FE
SEL443X
CL
PERFORMING SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODE/MODELS
WITHOUT CLOCK NJEL0447S02
1. Turn the ignition switch to the “LOCK” position. MT
2. Press odo/trip meter switch on the combination meter and
keep them depressed.
3. Turn the ignition switch to the “ON” position, while keeping the
AT
odo/trip meter switch pressed.
4. Release odo/trip meter switch then self-diagnosis will start. AX
The sequence (A to J) is activated by press the either odo/trip
meter switch.
NOTE: SU
If either odo/trip meter switch is not pressed for 20 seconds at each
step or if the ignition switch is turned OFF, the self-diagnosis mode
is exited. BR
Check items Display Remarks
ST
RS
A) Odometer segment test All odo trip meter segments are ON.
BT
MKIB0001E
HA
This information is not used for service. Please skip this
B) Work instruction code
step. SC
MKIB0002E
IDX
EL-135
METERS AND GAUGES
Combination Meter Self-Diagnosis (Cont’d)
MKIB0003E
MKIB0004E
MKIB0005E
MKIB0006E
Error 1
H)
(Bit 0 - Bit 3)
Error E
I)
(Bit 4 - Bit 7)
MKIB0009E
EL-136
METERS AND GAUGES
Combination Meter Self-Diagnosis (Cont’d)
GI
All warning lamps and indicator lamps (except for vericle
J) Fuel warning lamp test security indicator) are on and odo trip meter segment MA
“FUEL” flashes.
MKIB0010E
EM
EL-137
METERS AND GAUGES
Combination Meter Self-Diagnosis (Cont’d)
Failure No failure
Reset buttons Short circuit for reset but- Right side reset button has
1
tons failed.
When the short circuit is
continuously detected for 5 Left side reset button has
5 2 0
minutes or more, it should failed.
be judged as short-circuit Both reset buttons have
failure. 3
failed.
EL-138
METERS AND GAUGES
Trouble Diagnoses
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SEL361WA
*1: Combination Meter Self-Diagnosis *3: POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND *4: Symptom Chart 1 (EL-140) SC
(EL-134) CIRCUIT CHECK (EL-141) *5: Symptom Chart 2 (EL-140)
IDX
EL-139
METERS AND GAUGES
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
SYMPTOM CHART NJEL0448S02
Symptom Chart 1 (Malfunction is Indicated in
Diagnosis Mode) NJEL0448S0201
Odo/trip meter indicates Unified meter control unit Replace unified meter control unit.
malfunction in Diagnosis
mode.
One of speedometer/ 1. Sensor signal 1. Check the sensor for malfunctioning meter/gauge.
tachometer/fuel gauge/ - Vehicle speed signal INSPECTION/VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL (Refer to
water temp. gauge is mal- - Engine revolution signal EL-142.)
functioning. - Fuel gauge INSPECTION/ENGINE REVOLUTION SIGNAL
- Water temp. gauge (Refer to EL-143.)
2. Unified meter control unit INSPECTION/FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT (Refer to
Multiple meter/gauge are EL-144.)
malfunctioning. (except INSPECTION/WATER TEMPERATURE SIGNAL
odo/trip meter) (Refer to EL-146.)
2. Replace unified meter control unit.
EL-140
METERS AND GAUGES
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT CHECK =NJEL0448S03
Power Supply Circuit Check NJEL0448S0301
GI
Terminals Ignition switch position
MT
Ground Circuit Check NJEL0448S0302
AT
Terminals Continuity
32 - Ground Yes
AX
SU
BR
YEL250E
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-141
METERS AND GAUGES
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
INSPECTION/VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL =NJEL0448S04
Models without ABS NJEL0448S0401
YEL251E
OK or NG
OK © Vehicle speed sensor signal is OK.
NG © GO TO 2.
YEL306F
OK or NG
OK © Check the following.
I Harness between combination meter and vehicle speed sensor
I Vehicle speed sensor ground circuit
NG © Replace vehicle speed sensor.
EL-142
METERS AND GAUGES
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
Models with ABS =NJEL0448S0402
LC
2 CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect combination meter connector and “ABS actuator and electric unit” connector.
2. Check continuity between combination meter connector terminal 12 and “ABS actuator and electric unit” connector ter-
EC
minal 10.
3. Check continuity between combination meter connector terminal 12 and ground.
FE
CL
MT
AT
YEL307F
10 - 12: Continuity should exist. AX
12 - ground: Continuity should not exist.
OK or NG SU
OK © Recheck “PRELIMINARY CHECK”.
NG © Repair and replace harness or connector. BR
INSPECTION/ENGINE REVOLUTION SIGNAL (QG
ENGINE MODELS AND YD ENGINE MODELS WITH ST
COMMON RAIL) NJEL0448S11
SC
IDX
EL-143
METERS AND GAUGES
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
INSPECTION/ENGINE REVOLUTION SIGNAL (YD
ENGINE MODELS WITHOUT COMMON RAIL AND K9K
ENGINE MODELS) =NJEL0448S13
YEL816D
OK or NG
OK © Engine revolution signal is OK.
NG © Harness for open or short between ECM and combination meter
SEL400X
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 2.
NG © Repair or replace harness or connector.
EL-144
METERS AND GAUGES
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
EM
LC
EC
FE
YEL308F
OK or NG
OK © I Fuel level sensor unit is OK.
CL
I Check combination meter.
NG © Repair or replace harness or connector. MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-145
METERS AND GAUGES
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
INSPECTION/THERMAL TRANSMITTER (YD ENGINE
MODELS WITHOUT COMMON RAIL AND K9K ENGINE
MODELS) =NJEL0448S14
YEL208E
OK or NG
OK © Thermal transmitter is OK.
NG © Repair harness or connector.
EL-146
METERS AND GAUGES
Electrical Components Inspection
FE
CL
MT
THERMAL TRANSMITTER CHECK NJEL0449S05
YD Engine Models without Common Rail Only NJEL0449S0501
AT
Check the resistance between the terminals of thermal transmitter
and body ground.
AX
Water temperature Resistance
BR
MEL424F
BT
HA
CEL219AA
SC
IDX
EL-147
WARNING LAMPS
Schematic
YEL263F
EL-148
WARNING LAMPS
SMA for VIN >SJNxxAN16U0522332 Wiring Diagram — WARN —
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL899D
EL-149
WARNING LAMPS
Wiring Diagram — WARN — (Cont’d)
YEL160E
EL-150
WARNING LAMPS
Wiring Diagram — WARN — (Cont’d)
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL900D
EL-151
WARNING LAMPS
Wiring Diagram — WARN — (Cont’d)
YEL264F
EL-152
WARNING LAMPS
Wiring Diagram — WARN — (Cont’d)
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL539E
EL-153
WARNING LAMPS
Electrical Components Inspection
YEL309F
Oil pressure
Continuity
kPa (bar, kg/cm2, psi)
More than 10 - 20
Engine running (0.10 - 0.20, 0.1 - 0.2, No
1 - 3)
Less than 10 - 20
Engine not running (0.10 - 0.20, 0.1 - 0.2, Yes
1 - 3)
MEL425F
Check the continuity between the terminals of oil pressure switch
and body ground.
EL-154
WARNING CHIME
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
YEL494E
SU
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-157
WARNING CHIME
Wiring Diagram — CHIME — SMA for VIN >SJNxxAN16U0522332
Wiring Diagram — CHIME — NJEL0454
YEL903D
EL-158
WARNING CHIME
Wiring Diagram — CHIME — (Cont’d)
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL265F
EL-159
WARNING CHIME
Trouble Diagnoses/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail
MAIA0009E
2. Touch “START”.
PIIA0182E
SIIA1678E
YEL310F
EL-160
WARNING CHIME
Trouble Diagnoses/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
5. Select diagnosis mode.
“DATA MONITOR” and “WORK SUPPROT” are available.
GI
MA
EM
SIIA1677E LC
6. Select the desired part to be diagnosed on the “SELECT TES-
T ITEM” screen.
EC
CONSULT-II APPLICATION ITEMS NJEL0551S07
Key Reminder
DATA MONITOR
NJEL0551S0701
FE
Monitored item Description
CL
IGNITION SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of ignition switch.
EL-161
WARNING CHIME
Trouble Diagnoses/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
With the ignition switch turned OFF and the EL-170, “Front Door
door closed (driver side) turning the lighting I Front door switch (driver side) check Switch (Driver side)
switch ON (1st) activates the chime. Check”
EL-162
WARNING CHIME
Trouble Diagnoses/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT CHECK =NJEL0551S03
1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT CHECK GI
1. Disconnect smart entrance control unit connector.
2. Check the following.
MA
EM
LC
EC
MKIB0013E
FE
CL
MT
AT
MTBL1438
OK or NG AX
OK © GO TO 2.
NG © I Replace 10A fuse [No. 10, located in fuse block (J/B)]. SU
I Replace 10A fuse [No. 12, located in fuse block (J/B)].
I Replace 15A fuse [No. 5 located in fuse block (J/B)].
I Repair or replace harness. BR
RS
BT
HA
SC
MKIB0014E
Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK © INSPECTION END.
NG © Repair or replace harness.
IDX
EL-163
WARNING CHIME
Trouble Diagnoses/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
LIGHTING SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CHECK =NJEL0551S04
MKIB0192E
When lighting switch is in 1st or 2nd position:
TAIL LAMP ON ON
When lighting switch is in OFF position:
TAIL LAMP ON OFF
Without CONSULT-II
Check voltage between smart entrance control unit harness connector M193 terminal 17 (W/R or R/G) and ground.
MKIB0015E
Condition of switch
Voltage [V]
Lighting switch: 1st or 2nd
Approx. 12V
Lighting switch: OFF
0V
OK or NG
OK © Lighting switch circuit is OK.
NG © GO TO 2.
EL-164
WARNING CHIME
Trouble Diagnoses/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
MA
EM
LC
EC
MKIB0029E
Battery voltage should exist.
OK or NG FE
OK © GO TO 3.
NG © I Replace 10A fuse (No. 38 located in the fuse and fusible link box). CL
I Repair or replace harness.
MT
3 CHECK LIGHTING SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between lighting switch harness connector E209 terminal 12 (W/R) and smart entrance con-
trol unit harness connector M193 terminal 17 (W/R or R/G). AT
2. Check harness continuity between lighting switch harness connector E209 terminal 12 (W/R) and ground.
AX
SU
BR
ST
YEL311F
1. Continuity should exist.
2. Continuity should not exist. RS
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 4. BT
NG © Repair or replace harness.
HA
SC
IDX
EL-165
WARNING CHIME
Trouble Diagnoses/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
YEL312F
MTBL1439
OK or NG
OK © Lighting switch is OK.
NG © Replace lighting switch.
EL-166
WARNING CHIME
Trouble Diagnoses/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
KEY SWITCH INSERT SIGNAL CHECK (FOR RHD
MODELS ONLY) NJEL0551S05
GI
1 CHECK KEY SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL
With CONSULT-II
Check key switch (“KEY IN DETECT”) in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. MA
EM
LC
EC
MKIB0193E FE
When key is inserted to ignition key cylinder:
KEY IN DETECT ON
When key is removed from ignition key cylinder: CL
KEY IN DETECT OFF
Without CONSULT-II
MT
Check voltage between smart entrance control unit harness connector M193 terminal 5 (L/W) and ground.
AT
AX
SU
BR
MKIB0079E
Condition of key switch
Voltage [V] ST
When key is inserted to ignition key cylinder:
Approx. 12V
When key is removed from ignition key cylinder: RS
0V
OK or NG BT
OK © Key switch circuit is OK.
NG © GO TO 2.
HA
SC
IDX
EL-167
WARNING CHIME
Trouble Diagnoses/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
YEL256E
Battery voltage should exist.
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 3.
NG © Check the following.
I 10A fuse [No. 12 located in fuse block (J/B)]
I Harness for open or short between key switch and fuse
I Repair or replace harness or fuse.
YEL313F
1. Continuity should exist.
2. Continuity should not exist.
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 4.
NG © Repair or replace harness.
EL-168
WARNING CHIME
Trouble Diagnoses/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
MA
EM
LC
MKIB0034E EC
FE
CL
MTBL1440
MT
OK or NG
OK © Key switch is OK.
NG © Replace key switch.
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-169
WARNING CHIME
Trouble Diagnoses/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
FRONT DOOR SWITCH (DRIVER SIDE) CHECK =NJEL0551S06
MKIB0193E
When driver’s door is open:
DR DOOR SW ON
When driver’s door is closed:
DR DOOR SW OFF
Without CONSULT-II
I Check voltage between smart entrance control unit harness connector M194 terminal 43 (R/W) and ground.
MKIB0018E
MTBL1441
OK or NG
OK © INSPECTION END
NG © GO TO 2.
EL-170
WARNING CHIME
Trouble Diagnoses/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
EM
LC
EC
FE
YEL820D
CL
MT
AT
MTBL1442
OK or NG AX
OK © GO TO 3.
NG © Repair or replace harness. SU
ST
RS
BT
HA
YEL314F
OK or NG
SC
OK © Replace smart entrance control unit.
NG © Replace driver side door switch.
IDX
EL-171
WARNING CHIME
Trouble Diagnoses/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
YEL315F
Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK © Replace smart entrance control unit.
NG © Repair or replace harness.
EL-172
WARNING CHIME
Trouble Diagnoses/YD Engine Models without Common Rail and K9K Engine Models
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 1
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 2
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 3
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 4
(LIGHTING SWITCH INPUT
GROUND CIRCUIT CHECK
SIGNAL CHECK)
SIGNAL CHECK)
EC
FE
SYMPTOM
SU
BR
ST
YEL821D
RS
Ground Circuit Check NJEL0665S0202
BT
HA
SC
SEL448X
IDX
EL-173
WARNING CHIME
Trouble Diagnoses/YD Engine Models without Common Rail and K9K Engine Models (Cont’d)
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 1 (LIGHTING SWITCH
INPUT SIGNAL CHECK) =NJEL0665S03
YEL316F
OK or NG
OK © Lighting switch is OK.
NG © Check the following.
I 10A fuse (No. 38, located in the fuse and fusible link box)
I Harness for open or short between time control unit and lighting switch/daytime light
control unit
I Lighting switch
EL-174
WARNING CHIME
Trouble Diagnoses/YD Engine Models without Common Rail and K9K Engine Models (Cont’d)
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 2 (KEY SWITCH INSERT
SIGNAL CHECK) =NJEL0665S04
GI
1 CHECK KEY SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL
Check voltage between time control unit terminal 22 and ground.
MA
EM
LC
EC
SEL433X
OK or NG FE
OK © Key switch is OK.
NG © GO TO 2. CL
AT
AX
SU
YEL799C
OK or NG BR
OK © Check the following.
I 10A fuse [No. 12, located in fuse block (J/B)]
I Harness for open or short between key switch and fuse ST
I Harness for open or short between time control unit and key switch
NG © Replace key switch. RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-175
WARNING CHIME
Trouble Diagnoses/YD Engine Models without Common Rail and K9K Engine Models (Cont’d)
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 3 (DOOR UNLOCK SENSOR
CHECK) NJEL0665S05
SEL431X
OK or NG
OK © Door unlock sensor is OK.
NG © GO TO 2.
YEL305F
OK or NG
OK © Check the following.
I Door unlock sensor ground circuit
I Harness for open or short between time control unit and door unlock sensor
NG © Replace door unlock sensor.
EL-176
WARNING CHIME
Trouble Diagnoses/YD Engine Models without Common Rail and K9K Engine Models (Cont’d)
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 4 =NJEL0665S06
MA
EM
LC
EC
YEL821D
OK or NG
FE
OK © GO TO 2.
NG © Check the following.
I 10A fuse [No. 10, located in fuse block (J/B)] CL
I Harness for open or short between time control unit and fuse
MT
2 CHECK DOOR SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL
Check voltage between time control unit terminal 6 and ground.
AT
AX
SU
BR
SEL430X
ST
OK or NG
OK © System is OK.
NG © Check voltage between time control unit terminal 6 and body ground with disconnecting
RS
front door switch (driver side).
If approx. 5V is supplied, GO TO 3.
If approx. 5V is not supplied, replace time control unit.
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-177
WARNING CHIME
Trouble Diagnoses/YD Engine Models without Common Rail and K9K Engine Models (Cont’d)
YEL314F
OK or NG
OK © Check the following.
I Driver side door switch ground circuit and condition
I Harness for open or short between time control unit and driver side door switch
NG © Replace driver side door switch.
EL-178
FRONT WIPER AND WASHER
SMA for VIN >SJNxxAN16U0522332 System Description
EL-180
FRONT WIPER AND WASHER
SMA for VIN >SJNxxAN16U0522332 Wiring Diagram — WIPER —
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL047F
EL-181
FRONT WIPER AND WASHER
Wiring Diagram — WIPER — (Cont’d)
YEL452D
EL-182
FRONT WIPER AND WASHER
Removal and Installation
FE
CL
MT
I Before reinstalling wiper arm, clean up the pivot area as
illustrated. This will reduce possibility of wiper arm loose- AT
ness.
AX
SU
BR
SEL024J
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
NEL801
EL-183
FRONT WIPER AND WASHER
Removal and Installation (Cont’d)
Removal NJEL0060S0201
1. Remove cowl top seal rubber and cowl top cover.
2. Remove wiper motor connector.
3. Remove 3 screws that secure wiper motor and wiper frame.
4. Detach wiper motor from wiper linkage at ball joint.
5. Remove wiper linkage.
Be careful not to break ball joint rubber boot.
Installation NJEL0060S0202
I Grease ball joint portion before installation.
1. Installation is the reverse order of removal.
Washer Nozzle Adjustment NJEL0061
I Adjust washer nozzle with suitable tool as shown in the figure
at left.
Adjustable range: ±15° (In any direction)
YEL822D
Unit: mm (in)
GEL268
EL-184
REAR WIPER AND WASHER
Wiring Diagram — WIP/R —
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL710D
EL-185
REAR WIPER AND WASHER
Wiring Diagram — WIP/R — (Cont’d)
YEL454D
EL-186
REAR WIPER AND WASHER
Removal and Installation
FE
CL
MT
I Before reinstalling wiper arm, clean up the pivot area as
illustrated. This will reduce possibility of wiper arm loose- AT
ness.
AX
SU
BR
SEL024J
BT
HA
YEL823D
The diameter of the washer spit circle is less than 30 mm (1.18 in). SC
IDX
SEL452XA
EL-187
REAR WIPER AND WASHER
Washer Tube Layout
SEL453X
EL-188
HEADLAMP WASHER
SMA for VIN >SJNxxAN16U0522332 Wiring Diagram — HLC —
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL455D
EL-189
HEADLAMP WASHER
Washer Tube Layout
NEL802
EL-190
HORN
Wiring Diagram — HORN —
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL162E
EL-191
CIGARETTE LIGHTER
Wiring Diagram — CIGAR —
SMA for VIN >SJNxxAN16U0522332
YEL712D
EL-192
CLOCK
SMA for VIN >SJNxxAN16U0522332 Wiring Diagram — CLOCK —
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL266F
EL-193
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER
System Description/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail
EL-194
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER
System Description/YD Engine Models without Common Rail and K9K Engine Models
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-195
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER
Schematic
Schematic NJEL0533
YEL714D
EL-196
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER
SMA for VIN >SJNxxAN16U0522332 Wiring Diagram — DEF —
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL715D
EL-197
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER
Wiring Diagram — DEF — (Cont’d)
YEL716D
EL-198
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER
Wiring Diagram — DEF — (Cont’d)
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL543E
EL-199
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER
Trouble Diagnoses/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail
WIRE
TERMINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC)
COLOR
53 B Ground — 0V
WIRE
TERMINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC)
COLOR
1 B Ground — 0V
9 L/Y Rear window defogger switch signal Rear window defogger switch ON 0V
10 L/R Rear window defogger indicator signal Rear window defogger switch ON Battery voltage
EL-200
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER
Trouble Diagnoses/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT INSPECTION
=NJEL0553S04
MA
EM
MTBL1443
LC
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 2.
EC
NG © Replace fuse.
FE
2 CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND IGNITION INPUT SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. CL
2. Disconnect smart entrance control unit.
3. Check voltage between smart entrance control unit connector M194, M195 terminals 29 and 56 and ground.
MT
AT
AX
SU
MIIA0083E
BR
ST
RS
BT
MTBL1444
OK or NG
HA
OK © GO TO 3.
NG © Repair or replace harness or fuse.
SC
IDX
EL-201
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER
Trouble Diagnoses/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
MIIA0084E
MTBL1445
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 4.
NG © Repair or replace harness.
EL-202
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER
Trouble Diagnoses/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
EM
LC
EC
YEL317F
FE
CL
MT
AT
MTBL1852
OK or NG
AX
OK © Check the following.
I Rear window defogger relay. Refer to EL-211, “REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY”.
I Rear window defogger filament. Refer to EL-212, “FILAMENT CHECK” and EL-213, SU
“FILAMENT REPAIR”.
I Power supply and ground circuit for smart entrance control unit are OK.
NG © Replace smart entrance control unit. BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-203
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER
Trouble Diagnoses/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER DOES NOT OPERATE
=NJEL0553S05
YEL318F
MTBL1853
OK or NG
OK © Rear defogger switch circuit is OK.
NG © GO TO 2.
EL-204
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER
Trouble Diagnoses/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
2 HARNESS INSPECTION
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. GI
2. Disconnect Multifunction switch connector and smart entrance control unit connector.
3. Check continuity between Multifunction switch and smart entrance control unit.
MA
EM
LC
EC
YEL318F
FE
CL
MT
MTBL1447
4. Check continuity between Multifunction switch and body ground.
AT
AX
MTBL1448
SU
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 3. BR
NG © Replace harness or connector.
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-205
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER
Trouble Diagnoses/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
YEL320F
MTBL1449
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 4.
NG © Replace multifunction switch.
YEL321F
Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK © Replace smart entrance control unit.
NG © Repair or replace harness.
EL-206
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER
Trouble Diagnoses/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER INDICATOR LAMP DOES
NOT ILLUMINATE =NJEL0553S06
GI
1 CHECK POSITION OF IGNITION SWITCH
Is ignition switch ON?
MA
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 2.
NG © Turn ignition switch ON.
EM
AT
AX
SU
YEL322F
BR
ST
MTBL1450 RS
OK or NG
OK © Replace Multifunction switch. BT
NG © I Check harness between Multifunction switch and rear window defogger relay.
I Repair or replace harness.
HA
SC
IDX
EL-207
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER
Trouble Diagnoses/YD Engine Models without Common Rail and K9K Engine Models
SEL455X
OK or NG
OK © Check the following.
I Rear window defogger relay
(Refer to EL-211.)
I Rear window defogger circuit
I Rear window defogger filament
(Refer to EL-212.)
NG © GO TO 2.
SEL456X
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 3.
NG © Check the following.
I 10A fuse [No. 10, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
I Rear window defogger relay
I Harness for open or short between 10A fuse [No. 10, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
and rear window defogger relay
I Harness for open or short between rear window defogger relay and time control unit
EL-208
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER
Trouble Diagnoses/YD Engine Models without Common Rail and K9K Engine Models (Cont’d)
MA
EM
LC
SEL457X
EC
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 4.
FE
NG © Check the following.
I Rear window defogger switch
(Refer to EL-211.) CL
I Harness for open or short between time control unit and rear window defogger switch
I Rear window defogger switch ground circuit
MT
4 CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND IGNITION INPUT SIGNAL
Check voltage between time control unit terminals 1 or 9 and ground. AT
AX
SU
BR
SEL447X
ST
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 5.
RS
NG © Check the following.
I 10A fuse or 15A fuse [No. 10 or No. 5, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
I Harness for open or short between time control unit and fuse BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-209
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER
Trouble Diagnoses/YD Engine Models without Common Rail and K9K Engine Models (Cont’d)
SEL448X
EL-210
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER
Electrical Components Inspection
No current supply No EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
SEL970W
MT
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH (MANUAL A/C
MODELS) NJEL0076S02
AT
Check continuity between terminals when rear window defogger
switch is pushed and released.
AX
Terminals Condition Continuity
SC
IDX
EL-211
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER
Filament Check
SEL263
SEL122R
SEL265
3. To locate burned out point, move probe to left and right along
filament. Test needle will swing abruptly when probe passes
the point.
SEL266
EL-212
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER
Filament Repair
LC
REPAIRING PROCEDURE NJEL0078S02
1. Wipe broken heat wire and its surrounding area clean with a EC
cloth dampened in alcohol.
2. Apply a small amount of conductive silver composition to tip of
drawing pen. FE
Shake silver composition container before use.
3. Place ruler on glass along broken line. Deposit conductive sil-
ver composition on break with drawing pen. Slightly overlap CL
existing heat wire on both sides [preferably 5 mm (0.20 in)] of
the break.
BE540
MT
4. After repair has been completed, check repaired wire for con-
tinuity. This check should be conducted 10 minutes after silver AT
composition is deposited.
Do not touch repaired area while test is being conducted.
AX
SU
BR
SEL012D
BT
HA
SEL013D
SC
IDX
EL-213
AUDIO
System Description
EL-214
AUDIO
System Description (Cont’d)
I to display terminals 22 and 24.
Audio signals are supplied
I through audio unit terminals 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12 GI
I to terminals 1 and 2 of front door speaker LH and RH
I to terminals 1 and 2 of rear door speaker LH and RH MA
I to terminals 1 and 2 of tweeter LH and RH
AV COMMUNICATION LINE NJEL0497S10 EM
Audio system is contained and the AV communication line is connected as follows.
With VFD (Vacum Florescent Display)
I Display terminals 7 and 9, and LC
I Multifunction switch terminals 12 and 14.
I Multifunction switch terminals 11 and 13, and
I Audio unit terminals 31 and 32.
EC
With LCD (Lquid Crystal Display)
I Display terminals 12 and 13, and FE
I Multifunction switch terminals 12 and 14.
I Multifunction switch terminals 11 and 13, and
CL
I Audio unit terminals 31 and 32.
I Audio unit terminals 35 and 36, and
I AV and NAVI control unit terminals 47 and 48. MT
The operation is controlled by operation signals from multifunction switch, then audio screen is displayed.
NAVIGATION SYSTEM OF GUIDANCE VOICE OPERATION NJEL0497S11
AT
When navigation system is used, guidance voice signal is supplied
I from AV and NAVI control unit terminals 7 and 8
I to audio unit terminals 25 and 26.
AX
Navigation system of guidance voice will be sounded.
NATS AUDIO LINK SU
NJEL0497S12
Description NJEL0497S1201
The link with the NATS IMMU implies that the audio unit can basically only be operated if connected to the BR
matching NATS IMMU to which the audio unit was initially fitted on the production line.
Since radio operation is impossible after the link with the NATS is disrupted theft of the audio unit is basically
useless since special equipment is required to reset the audio unit. ST
Initialization process for audio units that are linked to the NATS IMMU
I Perform initialization with CONSULT-II
I For initialization, refer to “CONSULT-II operation manual NATS”. RS
Normal operation
Each time the audio unit is switched on afterwards, the audio unit code will be verified between the audio unit BT
and the NATS before the audio unit becomes operational.
When the radio is locked
When NATS link problems occur “SECURE” message will be displayed in three ways indicating three differ- HA
ent NATS link problems.
“Secure” on a red background indicates that there is a problem in the link between Navi control unit and Audio,
suggesting that there is either a Navigation system fault or the Navi control unit has previously been fitted in SC
another vehicle.
“Secure” on a green background indicates that there is a problem in the link between NATS IMMU and Audio,
suggesting that there is an audio fault or the audio unit has previously been fitted in another vehicle.
“Secure” on a yellow background indicates that the transponder (NATS key) is not working correctly or it has
previously been fitted in another vehicle.
When a “Secure” message (of any type) is displayed, it can be cleared by re-initializing the NATS system using IDX
CONSULT-II and the associated Immobilizer PIN code (there is no need to return the audio to a Clarion ser-
vice centre). If re-initializing fails to clear a “Secure” message then the component (identified by background
color) is faulty and should be replaced.
EL-215
AUDIO
System Description (Cont’d)
NOTE:
When the “Secure” is displayed on VFD (Vacuum Florescent Display) or audio unit, the communication of
IMMU and radio, radio unit or transponder has problem.
Service Procedure NJEL0497S1202
Replacement of radio by new part No additional action required. Radio is delivered in NEW state.
Replacement of IMMU The communication between IMMU and After switching on the radio, it will display
radio need to be reset by using CON- “SECURE” on a green background.
SULT-II and the associated Immobi PIN
code.
No communication from IMMU to radio 1. If NATS is malfunctioning, check NATS After switching on the radio, the display
system. unit will display “SECURE” on a green
2. After NATS is repaired, reset radio to background. Further use of radio is
“Secure” on a green background state impossible until communication is estab-
by using CONSULT-II and the associ- lished again, or after radio is reset by
ated Immobilizer PIN code (there is no using CONSULT-II and the associated
need to return the audio to a Clarion Immobilizer PIN code (there is no need to
service centre). return the audio to a Clarion service cen-
tre).
EL-216
AUDIO
SMA for VIN >SJNxxAN16U0522332 Schematic
Schematic NJEL0466
MODELS WITHOUT VFD/LCD NJEL0466S01
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL544E
EL-217
AUDIO
Schematic (Cont’d)
MODELS WITH VFD (VACUUM FLORESCENT DISPLAY) NJEL0466S02
YEL166E
EL-218
AUDIO
Schematic (Cont’d)
MODELS WITH LCD (LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY) NJEL0466S03
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL547E
EL-219
AUDIO
Wiring Diagram — AUDIO — SMA for VIN >SJNxxAN16U0522332
Wiring Diagram — AUDIO — NJEL0467
MODELS WITHOUT VFD/LCD NJEL0467S03
YEL905D
EL-220
AUDIO
Wiring Diagram — AUDIO — (Cont’d)
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL906D
EL-221
AUDIO
Wiring Diagram — AUDIO — (Cont’d)
YEL907D
EL-222
AUDIO
Wiring Diagram — AUDIO — (Cont’d)
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL267F
EL-223
AUDIO
Wiring Diagram — AUDIO — (Cont’d)
MODELS WITH VFD (VACUUM FLORESCENT DISPLAY) NJEL0467S04
YEL167E
EL-224
AUDIO
Wiring Diagram — AUDIO — (Cont’d)
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL909D
EL-225
AUDIO
Wiring Diagram — AUDIO — (Cont’d)
YEL910D
EL-226
AUDIO
Wiring Diagram — AUDIO — (Cont’d)
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL727D
EL-227
AUDIO
Wiring Diagram — AUDIO — (Cont’d)
YEL268F
EL-228
AUDIO
Wiring Diagram — AUDIO — (Cont’d)
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL184E
EL-229
AUDIO
Wiring Diagram — AUDIO — (Cont’d)
MODELS WITH LCD (LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY) NJEL0467S05
YEL170E
EL-230
AUDIO
Wiring Diagram — AUDIO — (Cont’d)
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL171E
EL-231
AUDIO
Wiring Diagram — AUDIO — (Cont’d)
YEL172E
EL-232
AUDIO
Wiring Diagram — AUDIO — (Cont’d)
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL173E
EL-233
AUDIO
Wiring Diagram — AUDIO — (Cont’d)
YEL066F
EL-234
AUDIO
Wiring Diagram — AUDIO — (Cont’d)
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL548E
EL-235
AUDIO
Wiring Diagram — AUDIO — (Cont’d)
YEL185E
EL-236
AUDIO
Trouble Diagnoses
Audio unit inoperative (no 1. 10A fuse 1. Check 10A fuse. Turn ignition switch ON and verify MA
digital display and no 2. Poor audio unit case ground that battery positive voltage is present at the termi-
sound from speakers). 3. Audio unit nal of audio unit.
2. Check audio unit case ground.
3. Remove audio unit for repair.
EM
Audio unit presets are lost 1. 15A fuse 1. Check 15A fuse and verify that battery positive volt-
when ignition switch is 2. Audio unit age is present at the terminal of audio unit. LC
turned OFF. 2. Remove audio unit for repair.
Inspection SU
NJEL0221
AUDIO UNIT NJEL0221S01
All voltage inspections are made with: BR
I Ignition switch ON or ACC
I Audio unit ON
ST
I Audio unit connected (If audio unit is removed for inspection, supply a ground to the case using a jumper
wire.)
ANTENNA RS
NJEL0221S02
Using a jumper wire, clip an auxiliary ground between antenna and body.
I If reception improves, check antenna ground (at body surface). BT
I If reception does not improve, check main feeder cable for short circuit or open circuit.
HA
SC
IDX
EL-237
AUDIO ANTENNA
Location of Antenna
YEL825D
YEL826D
EL-238
VFD (VACUUM FLORESCENT DISPLAY)
System Description
IDX
EL-239
VFD (VACUUM FLORESCENT DISPLAY)
System Description (Cont’d)
1. Press “INFO” switch to display vehicle information display.
2. Indication can be changed by in the following order by push-
ing multifunction switch.
I Range
I Journey distance
I Journey time
I Average fuel economy
I Average vehicle speed
YEL827D
Range (km or MILES) Displays range to empty with a range of 000.0 to 999.9.
Journey distance (km or MILES) Displays journey distance with a range of 000.0 to 9999
Average vehicle speed (km/h or MPH) Displays average vehicle speed with a range of 000 to 999.
Range NJEL0555S0401
I The elapsed time indication provides driver with an estimation
of the distance that can be driven before refuelling.The range
is conducted by fuel tank level sensor unit (fuel remaining),
ECM pulse signal (fuel consumption) and vehicle speed signal.
I Indication will be renewed every 30 seconds.
I When fuel remaining is less than approx. 7.8 (6-7/8 Imp qt),
indication will blink as a warning. If the fuel remaining less than
approx. 6.8 (6 Imp qt), “– –.–” will be indicated. In this case,
the mode will change to the RANGE mode automatically even
though the display is showing a different item. (See NOTE.)
I The range mode includes a low range warning feature: when
the fuel level is low, the range mode is automatically selected
and the digits blink in order to draw the driver′s attention. Press
the “INFO” switch if you wish to return to the mode that was
selected before the warning occurred. The range mark will
remain blinking until next refuelling. When the fuel level drops
even lower, the range display will change to “– – – –”.
Journey Distance NJEL0555S0402
I Journey distance indication is conducted by vehicle speed sig-
nal.
I If journey distance is reset, journey time will be reset at the
same time.
I When pushing “INFO” switch more than approximately 1
second, driving distance will be reset.
Journey Time NJEL0555S0403
I Journey time indication is conducted by integration of ignition
ON time.
I If journey time is reset, journey distance will be reset at the
same time.
Average Fuel Consumption NJEL0555S0404
I Average fuel consumption indication is conducted by ECM
pulse signal and vehicle speed signal after system is reset.
I Indication will be renewed every 30 seconds.
EL-240
VFD (VACUUM FLORESCENT DISPLAY)
System Description (Cont’d)
I When pushing “INFO” switch more than approximately 1
second, average fuel economy will be reset.
I If average fuel consumption is reset, average vehicle speed GI
will be reset at the same time.
I After reset operation, the display shows “– –. –” until the
vehicle is driven 500 m (1,600 ft) or 30 seconds has passed. MA
Average Vehicle Speed NJEL0555S0405
I Average vehicle speed indication is conducted by running dis- EM
tance and running time.
I Indication will be renewed every 30 seconds.
I When pushing “INFO” switch more than approximately 1
LC
second, average speed will be reset.
I If average vehicle speed is reset, average fuel consumption EC
will be reset at the same time.
I After reset operation, the displays shows “– –.–” for 30 sec-
onds. FE
HOW TO CHANGE/RESET INDICATION NJEL0555S05
Indication can be changed by in following order by pushing “INFO” CL
switch less than approximately 1 second.
RANGE , JOURNEY DISTANCE , JOURNEY TIME , AVER-
AGE FUEL CONSUMPTION , AVERAGE VEHICLE SPEED MT
I Continuous pushing the “INFO” switch (more than 3 second)
can reset the indication of journey distance (trip), journey time
(hour meter), average fuel consumption and average vehicle AT
speed.
NOTE:
After the display changes automatically, the indication can be AX
changed to the last mode by pushing the switch. In this case, the
cursor will blink as a warning.
SU
BR
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-241
VFD (VACUUM FLORESCENT DISPLAY)
Wiring Diagram — COMM —
YEL269F
EL-242
VFD (VACUUM FLORESCENT DISPLAY)
Wiring Diagram — COMM — (Cont’d)
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL270F
EL-243
VFD (VACUUM FLORESCENT DISPLAY)
Terminals and Reference Value for Display Unit
Condition
Termi- Wire Voltage
Signal Ignition
nal No. color Operation (Approximate values)
switch
Communica-
4 R tion signal ON Display the vehicle information screen.
(AV-ME)
SKIA0169E
5 — Shield ground — — —
Communica-
Perform various settings on the vehicle
6 G tion signal ON
information screen.
(ME-AV)
SKIA0170E
Communica-
7 B/W ON —
tion signal (+)
SKIA0175E
Communica-
9 L ON —
tion signal (−)
SKIA0176E
11 – Shield ground — — —
A/C communi-
13 L/R cation signal ON —
(AV-AC)
SKIA0172E
A/C communi-
14 L/W cation signal ON —
(AC-AV)
SKIA0173E
15 — Shield ground — — —
EL-244
VFD (VACUUM FLORESCENT DISPLAY)
Terminals and Reference Value for Display Unit (Cont’d)
Condition
Termi- Wire Voltage
Signal
nal No. color Ignition
Operation (Approximate values) GI
switch
MA
A/C clock sig-
16 L ON — EM
nal
SKIA0174E LC
EC
Vehicle speed
When vehicle speed is approx. 20 km/h
19 L/B signal ON
(12 MPH)
(2-pulse) FE
ELF1080D
CL
21 B — — — 0V
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-245
VFD (VACUUM FLORESCENT DISPLAY)
Terminals and Reference Value for Multifunction Switch
Condition
Wire
Terminal No. Signal Ignition Voltage
color Operation
switch
1 B Ground ON — 0V
Communication sig-
11 L ON —
nal (+)
SKIA0175E
Communication sig-
12 B/W ON —
nal (+)
SKIA0175E
Communication sig-
13 P ON —
nal (−)
SKIA0176E
Communication sig-
14 L ON —
nal (−)
SKIA0176E
15 — Shield ground ON — —
16 — Shield ground ON — —
EL-246
VFD (VACUUM FLORESCENT DISPLAY)
Trouble Diagnosis
FE
CL
MT
PERFORMING SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODE NJEL0637S02
Operation Procedures NJEL0637S0201
AT
1. Start the engine.
2. Turn the audio system off. AX
3. Pressing the “MOD” switch and “CLOCK” switch together for
2 second.
4. When self-diagnosis activated, then all segment will be indi- SU
cated. For display unit self-diagnosis result items, refer to
“SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULT ITEM” below.
NOTE: BR
YEL828D
If any button is not pressed for 20 seconds at each step or if the
ignition switch is turned OFF, the self-diagnosis mode is exited.
ST
CAUTION:
If self-diagnosis cannot activate, refer to EL-255, “Self-Diag-
nosis Does Not Perform”. RS
Self-Diagnosis Result Item NJEL0637S0202
Display of All Segments Indicate
BT
HA
EL-247
VFD (VACUUM FLORESCENT DISPLAY)
Trouble Diagnosis (Cont’d)
screen. If NG, error code “1” is displayed on upper zone of
screen digits 7, 8 and 9.
I Display unit can check communication line open circuit
between display unit and communication control units.
Screen of upper zone Possible case Trouble diagnosis
The circuit between display unit and combi- Refer to EL-252, “Combination meter Cir-
nation meter is open. cuit Check.
MKIB0214E
The circuit between display unit, multifunc- Refer to EL-253, “AV Communication Line
tion switch and audio unit is/are open. Check”.
MKIB0223E
The circuit between display unit and A/C Refer to EL-255, “A/C Auto Amp. Circuit
auto amp. is open. Check” .
MKIB0224E
EL-248
VFD (VACUUM FLORESCENT DISPLAY)
Trouble Diagnosis (Cont’d)
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT CHECK FOR
DISPLAY UNIT =NJEL0637S03
GI
1 CHECK FUSE
Check that the following fuses in display are blown.
MA
EM
MTBL1854
LC
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 2. EC
NG © If fuse is blown, be sure to eliminate cause of problem before installing new fuse. Refer
to EL-12, “POWER SUPPLY ROUTING”. FE
MT
AT
AX
SU
YEL609E
2. Check voltage between display unit connector and ground.
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
MTBL1462
OK or NG SC
OK © GO TO 3.
NG © I Repair or replace harness between fuse and display unit.
I Repair or replace harness or fuse.
IDX
EL-249
VFD (VACUUM FLORESCENT DISPLAY)
Trouble Diagnosis (Cont’d)
YEL610E
OK or NG
OK © INSPECTION END.
NG © Repair or replace harness.
EL-250
VFD (VACUUM FLORESCENT DISPLAY)
Trouble Diagnosis (Cont’d)
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT CHECK FOR
MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH =NJEL0637S04
GI
1 CHECK FUSES
Check the fuse below.
MA
EM
MTBL1463
OK or NG
LC
OK © GO TO 2.
NG © If fuse is blown, be sure to eliminate cause of problem before installing new fuse. Refer
to EL-12, “POWER SUPPLY ROUTING”. EC
MT
AT
AX
MKIB0103E
2. Check voltage between multifunction switch and ground.
SU
BR
ST
MTBL1464 RS
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 3. BT
NG © I Repair or replace harness between fuse and multifunction switch.
I Repair or replace harness or fuse.
HA
SC
IDX
EL-251
VFD (VACUUM FLORESCENT DISPLAY)
Trouble Diagnosis (Cont’d)
MKIB0104E
Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK © INSPECTION END
NG © Repair or replace ground harness.
YEL611E
MTBL1466
3. Check continuity between display unit and ground.
MTBL1465
OK or NG
OK © Replace combination meter.
NG © Repair or replace harness or connector.
EL-252
VFD (VACUUM FLORESCENT DISPLAY)
Trouble Diagnosis (Cont’d)
AV COMMUNICATION LINE CHECK NJEL0637S06
EM
LC
EC
YEL612E FE
CL
MT
MTBL1467
4. Check continuity between display unit and ground.
AT
AX
SU
MTBL1468 BR
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 2. ST
NG © Repair or replace harness or connector.
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-253
VFD (VACUUM FLORESCENT DISPLAY)
Trouble Diagnosis (Cont’d)
YEL830D
MTBL1855
4. Check continuity between multifunction switch and ground.
MTBL1856
OK or NG
OK © Replace display unit.
NG © Repair or replace harness or connector.
EL-254
VFD (VACUUM FLORESCENT DISPLAY)
Trouble Diagnosis (Cont’d)
A/C AUTO AMP. CIRCUIT CHECK NJEL0637S07
EM
LC
EC
YEL613E FE
CL
MT
AT
MTBL1762
4. Check continuity between display unit and ground. AX
SU
BR
ST
MTBL1472
OK or NG
RS
OK © Check A/C auto amp. Refer to ATC-31, “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS”.
NG © Repair or rplace harness or connector.
BT
SELF-DIAGNOSIS DOES NOT PERFORM NJEL0637S08
EL-255
VFD (VACUUM FLORESCENT DISPLAY)
Trouble Diagnosis (Cont’d)
3 CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS
1. Disconnect audio unit connector M53.
2. Perform self-diagnosis mode. Refer to EL-247, “Performing Self-Diagnosis Mode”.
Does Self-diagnosis activated?
Yes © GO TO 4.
No © AV communication line check. Refer to EL-253, “AV Communication Line Check”.
YEL830D
MTBL1473
3. Check continuity between multifunction switch and ground.
MTBL1474
OK or NG
OK © Replace display unit.
NG © Repair or replace harness or connector.
EL-256
VFD (VACUUM FLORESCENT DISPLAY)
Trouble Diagnosis (Cont’d)
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROLS (ONLY) ARE
INEFFECTIVE (REAR DEFOGGER CONTROL
EXCLUDED) =NJEL0637S09
GI
1 DISPLAY SELF-DIAGNOSIS
1. Perform self-diagnosis display unit. Refer to EL-247, “Performing Self-Diagnosis Mode”. MA
2. All VFD display segments are ON.
OK or NG EM
OK © GO TO 2.
NG © Replace display unit.
LC
2 CHECK A/C AUTO AMP. AND DISPLAY UNIT CIRCUIT
EC
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/C auto amp. connector and display unit connector.
3. Check continuity between display unit and A/C auto amp. FE
CL
MT
AT
YEL613E
AX
SU
BR
ST
MTBL1475
4. Check continuity between display unit and ground. RS
BT
HA
MTBL1476
SC
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 3.
NG © Repair or replace harness or connector.
IDX
EL-257
VFD (VACUUM FLORESCENT DISPLAY)
Trouble Diagnosis (Cont’d)
YEL614E
MTBL1477
OK or NG
OK © Replace display unit.
NG © Replace A/C auto amp.
YEL323F
Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK © Replace display unit.
NG © Repair or replace harness.
EL-258
VFD (VACUUM FLORESCENT DISPLAY)
Trouble Diagnosis (Cont’d)
NO AVERAGE SPEED DISPLAYED =NJEL0637S10
1 DISPLAY SELF-DIAGNOSIS GI
1. Perform self-diagnosis display unit. Refer to EL-247, “Performing Self-Diagnosis Mode”.
2. All VFD display segments are ON.
OK or NG
MA
OK © GO TO 2.
NG © Replace display unit. EM
2 CHECK HARNESS LC
1. Disconnect display unit connector and combination meter.
2. Check the following.
– Continuity between display unit connector M99 terminal 19 (L/B) and combination meter connector M171 terminal 56
EC
(L/B).
Continuity should exist.
– Continuity between display unit connector M99 terminal 19 (L/B) and ground. FE
Continuity should not exist.
CL
MT
AT
AX
YEL615E
OK or NG SU
OK © GO TO 3.
NG © Repair or replace harness or connector. BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-259
VFD (VACUUM FLORESCENT DISPLAY)
Trouble Diagnosis (Cont’d)
YEL616E
Without CONSULT-ll
1. Lift up drive wheels.
2. Start engine and drive vehicle at more than 20 km/h (12 MPH).
3. Check voltage between display unit connector M99 terminal 19 (L/B) and ground when rotating wheels with engine at
idle.
YEL617E
OK or NG
OK © Replace display unit.
NG © Check combination meter system. Refer to EL-134, “Combination Meter Self-Diagnosis”.
EL-260
VFD (VACUUM FLORESCENT DISPLAY)
Trouble Diagnosis (Cont’d)
NO FUEL INFORMATION IS DISPLAYED =NJEL0637S11
1 DISPLAY SELF-DIAGNOSIS GI
1. Perform self-diagnosis display unit. Refer to EL-247, “Performing Self-Diagnosis Mode”.
2. All VFD display segments are ON.
OK or NG
MA
OK © GO TO 2.
NG © Replace display unit. EM
FE
CL
MT
YEL611E
AT
AX
SU
MTBL1479 BR
3. Check continuity between display unit and ground.
ST
RS
BT
MTBL1478
OK or NG
OK © Check combination meter.
HA
NG © I Repair or replace harness or connector.
I Replace combination meter. SC
IDX
EL-261
LCD (LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY)
System Description
EM
LC
1. Press “INFO” switch to display vehicle information display.
2. Select “Drive”, “Fuel Economy” or “Maintenance”.
EC
FE
CL
YEL827D
MT
Driving Distance (km) Displays driving distance with a range of 00000.0 to 99999.9.
Drive AX
Average speed
Displays average speed with a range of 000.0 to 999.9.
(km/h)
SU
Average Fuel Displays fuel economy with ignition switch ON, average fuel
Economy (/100 km) economy each 30 minutes.
Distance to Empty BR
Displays possible driving distance with remaining fuel.
(km)
Fuel Economy
Fuel Economy (/100 ST
Displays fuel economy each approx. 100 ms.
km)
Fuel Economy
Displays Average Fuel Consumption History. RS
Record (/100 km)
Engine oil Maintenance intervals of engine oil and setting of oil change cycle
*: Maintenance information displays the change cycle of engine oil, oil filter, custom 1 and custom 2 on LCD monitor depending on the SC
driving distance specified by a driver or a technician.
IDX
EL-263
LCD (LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY)
System Description (Cont’d)
Drive Information NJEL0571S0501
1. Select “Drive”.
2. Elapsed time, driving distance and average speed are dis-
played as drive information. When pushing “ENTER”, elapsed
time, driving distance and average speed are all reset.
MKIB0144E
MKIB0145E
SKIA0772E
MKIB0146E
EL-264
LCD (LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY)
System Description (Cont’d)
Warning lamps in
Warning indicators Warning detection and cancel conditions Cases of malfunction
instrument panel
GI
Warning lamp ON signal is
Detection condition
detected while engine is running.
ENGINE ENGINE ECM malfunction
Warning lamp OFF signal is MA
Cancel condition
detected.
Cancel condition
Warning lamp OFF signal is HA
detected.
EL-265
LCD (LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY)
System Description (Cont’d)
Warning lamps in
Warning indicators Warning detection and cancel conditions Cases of malfunction
instrument panel
EL-266
LCD (LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY)
SMA for VIN >SJNxxAN16U0522332 Wiring Diagram — COMM —
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL738D
EL-267
LCD (LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY)
Wiring Diagram — COMM — (Cont’d)
YEL551E
EL-268
LCD (LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY)
Terminals and Reference Value for Display
MA
EM
LC
Terminals and Reference Value for AV and
NAVI Control Unit NJEL0576
EC
Refer to EL-488.
FE
CL
MT
Terminals and Reference Value for
Multifunction Switch AT
NJEL0577
Refer to EL-494.
AX
SU
BR
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-269
TELEPHONE (PRE WIRE)
Wiring Diagram — PHONE —
YEL552E
EL-270
TELEPHONE (PRE WIRE)
Wiring Diagram — PHONE — (Cont’d)
WITH MICROPHONE NJEL0579S02
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL271F
EL-271
HEATED SEAT
Wiring Diagram — H/SEAT — SMA for VIN >SJNxxAN16U0522332
Wiring Diagram — H/SEAT — NJEL0471
YEL914D
EL-272
HEATED SEAT
Wiring Diagram — H/SEAT — (Cont’d)
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL742D
EL-273
POWER SUNROOF
Wiring Diagram — SROOF —
YEL915D
EL-274
POWER SUNROOF
Trouble Diagnoses
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-275
DOOR MIRROR
Wiring Diagram — MIRROR — SMA for VIN >SJNxxAN16U0522332
Wiring Diagram — MIRROR — NJEL0472
LHD MODELS NJEL0472S03
YEL788D
EL-276
DOOR MIRROR
Wiring Diagram — MIRROR — (Cont’d)
RHD MODELS NJEL0472S04
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL743D
EL-277
POWER WINDOW
System Description
EL-278
POWER WINDOW
System Description (Cont’d)
The subsequent operation is the same as the front power window sub-switch operation.
FRONT POWER WINDOW SUB-SWITCH OPERATION
Power is supplied GI
I through front power window sub-switch (1, 2)
I to front passenger side power window motor (2, 1).
Ground is supplied
MA
I to front passenger side power window motor (2, 1)
I through front power window sub-switch (1, 2) EM
I to front power window sub-switch (4, 3)
I through power window main switch (6, 5).
LC
Then, the motor raises or lowers the window until the switch is released.
Rear Door
Rear door windows will raise and lower in the same manner as passenger’s door window.
NJEL0498S0103
EC
POWER WINDOW LOCK NJEL0498S02
The power window lock is designed to lock operation of all windows except for driver’s door window. FE
When the lock switch is pressed to lock position, ground of the sub-switches in the power window main switch
is disconnected. This prevents the power window motors from operating.
CL
AUTO OPERATION NJEL0498S03
The power window AUTO feature enables the driver to open the driver’s window without holding the window
switch in the down position. MT
The AUTO feature operates on the driver’s window.
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-279
POWER WINDOW
Schematic SMA for VIN >SJNxxAN16U0522332
Schematic NJEL0499
YEL157F
EL-280
POWER WINDOW
SMA for VIN >SJNxxAN16U0522332 Wiring Diagram — WINDOW —
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL916D
EL-281
POWER WINDOW
Wiring Diagram — WINDOW — (Cont’d)
YEL158F
EL-282
POWER WINDOW
Wiring Diagram — WINDOW — (Cont’d)
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL272F
EL-283
POWER WINDOW
Wiring Diagram — WINDOW — (Cont’d)
YEL159F
EL-284
POWER WINDOW
SMA for VIN >SJNxxAN16U0522332 Trouble Diagnoses
Driver side power window cannot 1. Driver side power window regu- 1. Check harness between power window main switch
be operated but other windows can lator circuit and driver side power window regulator for open or FE
be operated. 2. Driver side power window regu- short circuit.
lator 2. Check driver side power window regulator.
3. Power window main switch 3. Check power window main switch. CL
One or more power windows 1. Power window sub-switches 1. Check power window sub-switch.
except driver’s side window cannot 2. Power window regulators 2. Check power window regulator.
be operated. 3. Power window main switch 3. Check power window main switch.
MT
4. Power window circuit 4. Check the following.
a. Check harness between the power window relay
terminal 3 and power window sub-switch terminal 5. AT
b. Check harnesses between power window main
switch and power window sub-switch for open/short
circuit. AX
c. Check harnesses between power window sub-switch
and power window regulator for open/short circuit.
Power windows except driver’s 1. Power window main switch 1. Check power window main switch.
SU
side window cannot be operated
using power window main switch
but can be operated by power win- BR
dow sub-switch.
Driver side power window auto- 1. Power window main switch 1. Check power window main switch. ST
matic operation does not function
properly.
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-285
POWER DOOR LOCK SMA for VIN >SJNxxAN16U0401041
System Description
EL-286
POWER DOOR LOCK
System Description (Cont’d)
NOTE:
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-287
POWER DOOR LOCK
Schematic
SMA for VIN >SJNxxAN16U0522332
Schematic NJEL0503
YEL554E
EL-288
POWER DOOR LOCK
Schematic (Cont’d)
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL749D
EL-289
POWER DOOR LOCK
Wiring Diagram — D/LOCK — SMA for VIN >SJNxxAN16U0522332
Wiring Diagram — D/LOCK — NJEL0504
FIG. 1 NJEL0504S01
YEL918D
EL-290
POWER DOOR LOCK
Wiring Diagram — D/LOCK — (Cont’d)
FIG. 2 NJEL0504S02
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL555E
EL-291
POWER DOOR LOCK
Wiring Diagram — D/LOCK — (Cont’d)
FIG. 3 NJEL0504S03
YEL919D
EL-292
POWER DOOR LOCK
Wiring Diagram — D/LOCK — (Cont’d)
FIG. 4 NJEL0504S04
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL753D
EL-293
POWER DOOR LOCK
Wiring Diagram — D/LOCK — (Cont’d)
FIG. 5 NJEL0504S05
YEL754D
EL-294
POWER DOOR LOCK
Wiring Diagram — D/LOCK — (Cont’d)
FIG. 6 NJEL0504S06
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL755D
EL-295
POWER DOOR LOCK
Wiring Diagram — D/LOCK — (Cont’d)
FIG. 7 NJEL0504S07
YEL756D
EL-296
POWER DOOR LOCK
Trouble Diagnosis/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail
EM
SIIA1645E LC
3. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
4. Touch “START (NISSAN BASED VHCL)”.
EC
FE
CL
MBIB0233E
MT
5. Touch “SMART ENTRANCE”.
AT
AX
SU
BR
SIIA1678E
RS
BT
HA
SIIA1676E
IDX
SIIA1677E
EL-297
POWER DOOR LOCK
Trouble Diagnosis/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
CONSULT-II APPLICATION ITEMS NJEL0580S02
Door Locking NJEL0580S0201
DATA MONITOR
Monitored Item Description
CDL LOCK SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of lock signal from door lock/ unlock switch.
CDL UNLOCK SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of unlock signal from door lock/ unlock switch.
RKE LOCK Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of lock signal from remote controller.
RKE UNLOCK Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of unlock signal from remote controller.
RKE SEL UNLOCK Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of select unlock signal from remote controller.
KEY CYL LK Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of lock signal from door key cylinder switch.
KEY CYL UNLK Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of unlock signal from door key cylinder switch.
WORK SUPPORT
Monitored Item Description
Auto re-lock function can be changed in this mode. The re-lock mode will be changed when
AUTO RE-LOCK
“CHANGE MODE” on CONSULT-II screen is touched.
Selective unlock function can be changed in this mode. The unlock mode will be changed when
SELECTIVE UNLOCK
“CHANGE SET” on CONSULT-II screen is touched.
TRUNK OPEN SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of trunk room lamp switch (sedan) or back door switch (wagon).
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of internal trunk release switch (sedan) or internal back door
INT TRUNK REL
release switch (wagon).
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of external trunk release switch (sedan) or external back door
EXT TRUNK REL
release switch (wagon).
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of trunk (sedan) or back door (back door) open signal from trunk
RKE TRUNK REL
or back door release switch.
WORK SUPPORT
Monitored Item Description
This mode can be changed trunk release switch (sedan) or back door (wagon) release switch
TRUNK OPEN DELAY
operation time.
EL-298
POWER DOOR LOCK
Trouble Diagnosis/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
SYMPTOM CHART =NJEL0580S03
First perform the “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” in “SMART ENTRANCE”
with CONSULT-II, when perform the each trouble diagnosis. Refer GI
to EL-297, “CONSULT-II INSPECTION PROCEDURE”.
Specific door lock actuator does not operate. Door lock actuator check EL-303 FE
Door switch check EL-316
*Key reminder system does not operate. If above system is OK, replace smart entrance control CL
—
unit.
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-299
POWER DOOR LOCK
Trouble Diagnosis/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT CHECK =NJEL0580S04
1 CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect smart entrance control unit connector.
3. Check voltage between smart entrance control unit harness connector M195 terminal 49 (W/L), 56 (R/B) and ground.
YEL324F
MTBL1480
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 2.
NG © Repair or replace harness or fuse.
SIIA1565E
MTBL1481
OK or NG
OK © Power supply and ground circuit is OK.
NG © Repair or replace harness.
EL-300
POWER DOOR LOCK
Trouble Diagnosis/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK SWITCH CHECK NJEL0580S05
EM
LC
EC
MKIB0198E FE
When door lock/unlock switch is turned to LOCK:
CDL LOCK SW ⇒ ON
When door lock/unlock switch is turned to UNLOCK: CL
CDL UNLOCK SW ⇒ ON
Without CONSULT-II MT
1. Connect smart entrance control unit harness connector.
2. Check voltage between smart entrance control unit harness connector M193 terminal 13 (P), 14 (L) and ground.
AT
AX
SU
BR
YEL325F
ST
RS
BT
MTBL1857
OK or NG HA
OK © Door lock/unlock switch circuit is OK.
NG © GO TO 2. SC
IDX
EL-301
POWER DOOR LOCK
Trouble Diagnosis/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
YEL326F
I Door lock/unlock switch (Without power window system)
YEL327F
OK or NG
OK © Check the following, and repair or replace mulfunction harness.
I Ground circuit for door lock/unlock switch
I Harness for open or short between door lock/unlock switch and smart entrance control
unit connector
I Replace smart entrance control unit.
NG © I Replace power window main switch (door lock/unlock switch).
I Repair or replace harness.
EL-302
POWER DOOR LOCK
Trouble Diagnosis/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR CHECK NJEL0580S06
Driver Side NJEL0580S0601
GI
1 CHECK DOOR LOCK SIGNAL
1. Disconnect door lock actuator (driver side) harness connector.
2. Check voltage between door lock actuator harness connector D27 terminal 1 (L), 3 (W/R) and ground. MA
EM
LC
EC
YEL262E FE
CL
MT
MTBL1484
OK or NG AT
OK © GO TO 2.
NG © GO TO 3. AX
ST
RS
BT
YEL835D
HA
SC
MTBL1485
OK or NG
OK © Replace smart entrance control unit. IDX
NG © Replace door lock actuator (driver side).
EL-303
POWER DOOR LOCK
Trouble Diagnosis/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
YEL328F
MTBL1858
OK or NG
OK © Replace smart entrance control unit.
NG © Repair or replace harness.
EL-304
POWER DOOR LOCK
Trouble Diagnosis/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
Passenger Side NJEL0580S0602
EM
LC
EC
YEL329F
FE
CL
MTBL1487 MT
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 2. AT
NG © GO TO 3.
AX
2 CHECK DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR
1. Disconnect door lock actuator (passenger side) harness connector.
2. Apply 12V direct current to door lock actuator and check operation.
SU
BR
ST
RS
YEL835D
BT
HA
SC
MTBL1488
OK or NG
OK © Replace smart entrance control unit.
NG © Replace door lock actuator (passenger side). IDX
EL-305
POWER DOOR LOCK
Trouble Diagnosis/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
YEL330F
MTBL1859
OK or NG
OK © Replace smart entrance control unit.
NG © Repair or replace harness.
EL-306
POWER DOOR LOCK
Trouble Diagnosis/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
Rear LH Side =NJEL0580S0603
EM
LC
EC
YEL262E
FE
CL
MTBL1490 MT
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 2. AT
NG © GO TO 3.
AX
2 CHECK DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR
1. Disconnect rear door lock actuator LH harness connector.
2. Apply 12V direct current to rear door lock actuator LH and check operation.
SU
BR
ST
RS
YEL835D
BT
HA
SC
MTBL1491
OK or NG
OK © Replace smart entrance control unit.
NG © Replace rear door lock actuator LH. IDX
EL-307
POWER DOOR LOCK
Trouble Diagnosis/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
YEL330F
MTBL1860
OK or NG
OK © Replace smart entrance control unit.
NG © Repair or replace harness.
EL-308
POWER DOOR LOCK
Trouble Diagnosis/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
Rear RH Side NJEL0580S0604
EM
LC
EC
YEL262E
FE
CL
MTBL1493 MT
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 2. AT
NG © GO TO 3.
AX
2 CHECK DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR
1. Disconnect rear door lock actuator RH harness connector.
2. Apply 12V direct current to rear door lock actuator RH and check operation.
SU
BR
ST
RS
YEL835D
BT
HA
SC
MTBL1494
OK or NG
OK © Replace smart entrance control unit.
NG © Replace rear door lock actuator RH. IDX
EL-309
POWER DOOR LOCK
Trouble Diagnosis/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
YEL330F
MTBL1861
OK or NG
OK © Replace smart entrance control unit.
NG © Repair or replace harness.
EL-310
POWER DOOR LOCK
Trouble Diagnosis/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
Back Door =NJEL0580S0605
EM
LC
EC
YEL476E
FE
CL
MTBL1756 MT
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 2. AT
NG © GO TO 3.
AX
2 CHECK DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR
1. Disconnect back door lock actuator harness connector.
2. Apply 12V direct current to back door lock actuator and check operation.
SU
BR
ST
RS
YEL477E
BT
HA
SC
MTBL1757
OK or NG
OK © Replace smart entrance control unit.
NG © Replace back door lock actuator. IDX
EL-311
POWER DOOR LOCK
Trouble Diagnosis/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
YEL331F
MTBL1862
OK or NG
OK © Replace smart entrance control unit.
NG © Repair or replace harness.
EL-312
POWER DOOR LOCK
Trouble Diagnosis/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
Trunk Lid NJEL0580S0606
EM
LC
EC
YEL479E
FE
CL
MTBL1759 MT
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 2. AT
NG © GO TO 3.
AX
2 CHECK DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR
1. Disconnect trunk lid lock actuator harness connector.
2. Apply 12V direct current to trunk lid lock actuator and check operation.
SU
BR
ST
RS
YEL480E
BT
HA
SC
MTBL1760
OK or NG
OK © Door lock actuator is OK.
NG © Replace rear door lock actuator RH. IDX
EL-313
POWER DOOR LOCK
Trouble Diagnosis/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
YEL330F
MTBL1863
OK or NG
OK © Replace smart entrance control unit.
NG © Repair or replace harness.
EL-314
POWER DOOR LOCK
Trouble Diagnosis/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
DOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH CHECK =NJEL0580S09
MA
EM
LC
EC
YEL482E
Refer to wiring diagram in EL-293.
OK or NG
FE
OK © Door key cylinder switch circuit is OK.
NG © GO TO 2. CL
AX
SU
BR
YEL332F
ST
OK or NG
OK © Check the following.
I Door key cylinder switch ground circuit RS
I Harness for open or short between smart entrance control unit and door key cylinder
switch
I Replace smart entrance control unit. BT
NG © I Replace door key cylinder switch.
I Repair or replace harness. HA
SC
IDX
EL-315
POWER DOOR LOCK
Trouble Diagnosis/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
DOOR SWITCH CHECK NJEL0580S07
Driver Side NJEL0580S0701
SIIA1590E
MTBL1496
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check voltage between smart entrance control unit harness connector M194 terminal 43 (R/W) and ground.
SIIA1588E
MTBL1497
OK or NG
OK © Door switch circuit is OK.
NG © GO TO 2.
EL-316
POWER DOOR LOCK
Trouble Diagnosis/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
MA
EM
LC
YEL314F EC
OK or NG
OK © Check the following. FE
I Front door switch (driver side) ground condition
I Harness for open or short between smart entrance control unit and front door switch
(driver side)
I Replace smart entrance control unit.
CL
NG © I Replace front door switch LH.
I Repair or replace harness. MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-317
POWER DOOR LOCK
Trouble Diagnosis/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
Passenger Side NJEL0580S0702
SIIA1591E
MTBL1499
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check voltage between smart entrance control unit harness connector M194 terminal 44 (R/W) and ground.
SIIA1592E
MTBL1500
OK or NG
OK © Door switch circuit is OK.
NG © GO TO 2.
EL-318
POWER DOOR LOCK
Trouble Diagnosis/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
MA
EM
LC
YEL334F EC
FE
CL
MTBL1864
OK or NG
MT
OK © Check the following.
I Front door switch RH ground condition
I Harness for open or short between smart entrance control unit and front door switch AT
RH
NG © Replace front door switch RH.
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-319
POWER DOOR LOCK
Trouble Diagnosis/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
Rear LH Side NJEL0580S0703
SIIA1593E
MTBL1502
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check voltage between smart entrance control unit harness connector M194 terminal 45 (BR/W) and ground.
SIIA1594E
MTBL1795
OK or NG
OK © Door switch circuit is OK.
NG © GO TO 2.
EL-320
POWER DOOR LOCK
Trouble Diagnosis/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
MA
EM
LC
YEL335F EC
FE
CL
MTBL1865
OK or NG
MT
OK © Check the following.
I Rear door switch LH ground condition
I Harness for open or short between smart entrance control unit and rear door switch AT
LH
NG © Replace rear door switch LH.
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-321
POWER DOOR LOCK
Trouble Diagnosis/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
Rear RH Side NJEL0580S0704
SIIA1596E
MTBL1505
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check voltage between smart entrance control unit harness connector M194 terminal 39 (R/Y) and ground.
SIIA1597E
MTBL1796
OK or NG
OK © Door switch circuit is OK.
NG © GO TO 2.
EL-322
POWER DOOR LOCK
Trouble Diagnosis/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
MA
EM
LC
YEL335F EC
FE
CL
MTBL1866
OK or NG
MT
OK © Check the following.
I Rear door switch RH ground condition
I Harness for open or short between smart entrance control unit and rear door switch AT
RH
NG © Replace rear door switch RH.
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-323
POWER DOOR LOCK
Trouble Diagnoses/YD Engine Models with Common Rail and K9K Engine Models
REFERENCE PAGE (EL- ) 325 326 327 328 330 331 332
X: Applicable
*: Make sure the power door lock system operates properly.
EL-324
POWER DOOR LOCK
Trouble Diagnoses/YD Engine Models with Common Rail and K9K Engine Models (Cont’d)
MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT CHECK =NJEL0668S02
Main Power Supply Circuit Check NJEL0668S0201
GI
MA
EM
LC
SEL467X
EC
Ground Circuit Check NJEL0668S0202
FE
CL
MT
AT
SEL448X
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-325
POWER DOOR LOCK
Trouble Diagnoses/YD Engine Models with Common Rail and K9K Engine Models (Cont’d)
DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK SWITCH CHECK =NJEL0668S03
SEL468X
OK or NG
OK © Door lock/unlock switch is OK.
NG © GO TO 2.
YEL336F
I Door lock/unlock switch (Without power window)
YEL337F
OK or NG
OK © Check the following.
I Ground circuit for door lock/unlock switch
I Harness for open or short between door lock/unlock switch and time control unit con-
nector
NG © Replace door lock/unlock switch.
EL-326
POWER DOOR LOCK
Trouble Diagnoses/YD Engine Models with Common Rail and K9K Engine Models (Cont’d)
DOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH CHECK =NJEL0668S04
MA
EM
LC
EC
SEL470X
OK or NG
FE
OK © Door key cylinder switch is OK.
NG © GO TO 2.
CL
2 CHECK DOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH
1. Disconnect door key cylinder switch harness connector. MT
2. Check continuity between door key cylinder switch terminals.
AT
AX
SU
BR
YEL338F
OK or NG ST
OK © Check the following.
I Door key cylinder switch ground circuit
I Harness for open or short between time control unit and door key cylinder switch RS
NG © Replace door key cylinder switch.
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-327
POWER DOOR LOCK
Trouble Diagnoses/YD Engine Models with Common Rail and K9K Engine Models (Cont’d)
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR CHECK NJEL0668S05
YEL839D
I Door lock actuator passenger side and rear
SEL473X
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 2.
NG © Replace time control unit. (Before replacing the control unit, perform “DOOR LOCK/
UNLOCK SWITCH CHECK”.)
EL-328
POWER DOOR LOCK
Trouble Diagnoses/YD Engine Models with Common Rail and K9K Engine Models (Cont’d)
EM
LC
EC
YEL339F
I Back door FE
CL
MT
AT
YEL340F
AX
OK or NG
OK © Check harness for open or short between time control unit connector and door lock
actuator.
SU
NG © Replace door lock actuator.
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-329
POWER DOOR LOCK
Trouble Diagnoses/YD Engine Models with Common Rail and K9K Engine Models (Cont’d)
DOOR SWITCH CHECK =NJEL0668S06
SEL475X
OK or NG
OK © Door switch is OK.
NG © GO TO 2.
YEL314F
OK or NG
OK © Check the following.
I Door switch ground circuit or door switch ground condition
I Harness for open or short between smart entrance control unit and door switch
NG © Replace door switch.
EL-330
POWER DOOR LOCK
Trouble Diagnoses/YD Engine Models with Common Rail and K9K Engine Models (Cont’d)
DOOR UNLOCK SENSOR CHECK =NJEL0668S07
MA
EM
LC
EC
SEL476X
OK or NG
FE
OK © Door unlock sensor is OK.
NG © GO TO 2.
CL
2 CHECK DOOR UNLOCK SENSOR
1. Disconnect door unlock sensor connector. MT
2. Check continuity between door unlock sensor terminals 2 and 4.
AT
AX
SU
BR
YEL341F
OK or NG ST
OK © Check the following.
I Door unlock sensor ground circuit
I Harness for open or short between time control unit and door unlock sensor RS
NG © Replace door unlock sensor.
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-331
POWER DOOR LOCK
Trouble Diagnoses/YD Engine Models with Common Rail and K9K Engine Models (Cont’d)
KEY SWITCH (INSERT) CHECK =NJEL0668S08
SEL433X
OK or NG
OK © Key switch is OK.
NG © GO TO 2.
YEL342F
OK or NG
OK © Check the following.
I 10A fuse [No. 12, located in fuse block (J/B)]
I Harness for open or short between key switch and fuse
I Harness for open or short between time control unit and key switch
NG © Replace key switch.
EL-332
POWER DOOR LOCK — SUPER LOCK —
SMA for VIN >SJNxxAN16U0401041 System Description
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
SEL831U BR
OPERATION
Power door lock/unlock and super lock set/release operation by door key cylinder
NJEL0395S02
ST
I With the key inserted into front door key cylinder, turning it to LOCK will lock all doors and set super lock.
(Super lock will not be set while key is inserted in the ignition key cylinder.) RS
I With the key inserted into front door key cylinder, turning it to UNLOCK will unlock all doors and release
super lock.
Power door lock/unlock and super lock set/release operation by multi-remote controller (If equipped) BT
I Pressing multi-remote controller LOCK button will lock all doors and set super lock. (Super lock will not be
set while key is inserted in the ignition key cylinder.)
HA
I Pressing multi-remote controller UNLOCK button once will unlock driver door and release super lock. Then,
if an unlock signal is sent from the remote controller again within 5 seconds, all other doors will be
unlocked. SC
Power door lock and super lock release operation (by NATS IMMU signal)
I When the super lock is set, turning the ignition key switch to ON will release the super lock. All doors will
unlock once, but then immediately lock again.
Power door lock/unlock operation by lock/unlock switch
I With lock/unlock switch on driver door trim setting to LOCK will lock all doors. IDX
I With lock/unlock switch on driver door trim setting to UNLOCK will unlock all doors.
Lock/unlock switch operation cannot control super lock.
Key reminder system
I If the ignition key is in the ignition key cylinder and driver door is open, setting lock/unlock switch, lock
EL-333
POWER DOOR LOCK — SUPER LOCK —
System Description (Cont’d)
knob, key or multi-remote controller to “LOCK” locks the door once but then immediately unlocks all doors.
(signal from door unlock sensor driver side)
System initialization
I System initialization is required when battery cables are reconnected. Conduct the following to release
super lock once;
— insert the key into the ignition key cylinder and turn it to ON.
— LOCK/UNLOCK operation using door key cylinder or multi-remote controller.
EL-334
POWER DOOR LOCK — SUPER LOCK —
System Description (Cont’d)
NOTE:
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-335
POWER DOOR LOCK — SUPER LOCK —
Schematic
YEL556E
EL-336
POWER DOOR LOCK — SUPER LOCK —
Schematic (Cont’d)
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL758D
EL-337
POWER DOOR LOCK — SUPER LOCK —
Wiring Diagram — S/LOCK —
YEL557E
EL-338
POWER DOOR LOCK — SUPER LOCK —
Wiring Diagram — S/LOCK — (Cont’d)
FIG. 2 NJEL0476S03
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL760D
EL-339
POWER DOOR LOCK — SUPER LOCK —
Wiring Diagram — S/LOCK — (Cont’d)
FIG. 3 NJEL0476S04
YEL176E
EL-340
POWER DOOR LOCK — SUPER LOCK —
Wiring Diagram — S/LOCK — (Cont’d)
FIG. 4 NJEL0476S05
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL558E
EL-341
POWER DOOR LOCK — SUPER LOCK —
Wiring Diagram — S/LOCK — (Cont’d)
FIG. 5 NJEL0476S06
YEL559E
EL-342
POWER DOOR LOCK — SUPER LOCK —
Wiring Diagram — S/LOCK — (Cont’d)
FIG. 6 NJEL0476S07
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL764D
EL-343
POWER DOOR LOCK — SUPER LOCK —
Wiring Diagram — S/LOCK — (Cont’d)
FIG. 7 NJEL0476S10
YEL707C
EL-344
POWER DOOR LOCK — SUPER LOCK —
Trouble Diagnosis/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail
EM
SIIA1645E LC
3. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
4. Touch “START (NISSAN BASED VHCL)”.
EC
FE
CL
MBIB0233E
MT
5. Touch “SMART ENTRANCE”.
AT
AX
SU
BR
SIIA1678E
RS
BT
HA
SIIA1676E
IDX
SIIA1677E
EL-345
POWER DOOR LOCK — SUPER LOCK —
Trouble Diagnosis/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
CONSULT-II APPLICATION ITEMS NJEL0581S02
Door Locking NJEL0581S0201
DATA MONITOR
Monitored Item Description
CDL LOCK SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of lock signal from door lock/ unlock switch.
CDL UNLOCK SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of unlock signal from door lock/ unlock switch.
RKE LOCK Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of lock signal from remote controller.
RKE UNLOCK Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of unlock signal from remote controller.
RKE SEL UNLOCK Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of select unlock signal from remote controller.
KEY CYL LK Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of lock signal from door key cylinder switch.
KEY CYL UNLK Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of unlock signal from door key cylinder switch.
WORK SUPPORT
Monitored Item Description
Auto re-lock function can be changed in this mode. The re-lock mode will be changed when
AUTO RE-LOCK
“CHANGE MODE” on CONSULT-II screen is touched.
Selective unlock function can be changed in this mode. The unlock mode will be changed when
SELECTIVE UNLOCK
“CHANGE SET” on CONSULT-II screen is touched.
TRUNK OPEN SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of trunk room lamp switch (sedan) or back door switch (wagon).
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of internal trunk release switch (sedan) or internal back door
INT TRUNK REL
release switch (wagon).
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of external trunk release switch (sedan) or external back door
EXT TRUNK REL
release switch (wagon).
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of trunk (sedan) or back door (back door) open signal from trunk
RKE TRUNK REL
or back door release switch.
WORK SUPPORT
Monitored Item Description
This mode can be changed trunk release switch (sedan) or back door (wagon) release switch
TRUNK OPEN DELAY
operation time.
EL-346
POWER DOOR LOCK — SUPER LOCK —
Trouble Diagnosis/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
PRELIMINARY CHECK =NJEL0581S03
First perform the “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” in “SMART ENTRANCE”
with CONSULT-II, when perform the each trouble diagnosis. Refer GI
to EL-345, “CONSULT-II INSPECTION PROCEDURE”.
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SIIA1601E
SC
After performing preliminary check, go to SYMPTOM CHART.
Before starting trouble diagnoses below, perform preliminary
check.
Symptom numbers in the symptom chart correspond with those of
Preliminary check. IDX
EL-347
POWER DOOR LOCK — SUPER LOCK —
Trouble Diagnosis/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
SYMPTOM CHART NJEL0581S04
Reference
Symptom Malfunctioning system
page
EL-348
POWER DOOR LOCK — SUPER LOCK —
Trouble Diagnosis/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT CHECK NJEL0581S05
EM
LC
EC
YEL324F FE
CL
MT
MTBL1480
OK or NG
AT
OK © GO TO 2.
NG © Check smart entrance control unit power supply circuit for open or short.
AX
2 CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between smart entrance control unit harness connector M195 terminal 53 (B) and ground.
SU
BR
ST
RS
SIIA1565E
BT
HA
MTBL1481
SC
OK or NG
OK © Power supply and ground circuit is OK.
NG © Repair or replace harness.
IDX
EL-349
POWER DOOR LOCK — SUPER LOCK —
Trouble Diagnosis/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
IGNITION SWITCH “ON” CIRCUIT CHECK NJEL0581S11
SIIA1602E
MTBL1553
OK or NG
OK © Ignition ON signal is OK.
NG © Check the following.
I 10A fuse [No. 10, located in fuse block (J/B)]
I Harness for open or short between smart entrance control unit and fuse
EL-350
POWER DOOR LOCK — SUPER LOCK —
Trouble Diagnosis/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK SWITCH CHECK NJEL0581S06
EM
LC
EC
SIIA1566E FE
When door lock/unlock switch is turned to LOCK:
CDL LOCK SW ⇒ ON
When door lock/unlock switch is turned to UNLOCK: CL
CDL UNLOCK SW ⇒ ON
Without CONSULT-II MT
1. Connect smart entrance control unit harness connector.
2. Check voltage between smart entrance control unit harness connector M193 terminal 13 (P), 14 (L) and ground.
AT
AX
SU
BR
YEL343F
ST
RS
BT
MTBL1867
OK or NG HA
OK © Door lock/unlock switch circuit is OK.
NG © GO TO 2. SC
IDX
EL-351
POWER DOOR LOCK — SUPER LOCK —
Trouble Diagnosis/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
YEL344F
I Door lock/unlock switch (Without power window system)
YEL345F
OK or NG
OK © Check the following.
I Ground circuit for door lock/unlock switch
I Harness for open or short between door lock/unlock switch and smart entrance control
unit connector
NG © Replace power window main switch (door lock/unlock switch).
EL-352
POWER DOOR LOCK — SUPER LOCK —
Trouble Diagnosis/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR CHECK NJEL0581S07
Driver Side NJEL0581S0701
GI
1 CHECK DOOR LOCK SIGNAL
1. Disconnect door lock actuator (driver side) harness connector.
2. Check voltage between door lock actuator harness connector D14 terminal 1 (L), 4 (W/R) and ground. MA
EM
LC
EC
YEL266E FE
CL
MT
MTBL1868
OK or NG AT
OK © GO TO 2.
NG © GO TO 3. AX
ST
RS
BT
YEL267E
HA
SC
MTBL1763
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 3. IDX
NG © Replace door lock actuator (driver side).
EL-353
POWER DOOR LOCK — SUPER LOCK —
Trouble Diagnosis/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
YEL346F
MTBL1869
OK or NG
OK © Replace smart entrance control unit.
NG © Repair or replace harness.
YEL269E
MTBL1765
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 2.
NG © GO TO 3.
EL-354
POWER DOOR LOCK — SUPER LOCK —
Trouble Diagnosis/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
MA
EM
LC
EC
YEL270E
FE
CL
MTBL1766
OK or NG MT
OK © GO TO 3.
NG © Replace door lock actuator (passenger side). AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-355
POWER DOOR LOCK — SUPER LOCK —
Trouble Diagnosis/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
YEL347F
MTBL1870
OK or NG
OK © Replace smart entrance control unit.
NG © Repair or replace harness.
EL-356
POWER DOOR LOCK — SUPER LOCK —
Trouble Diagnosis/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
Rear LH Side NJEL0581S0703
EM
LC
EC
YEL348F
FE
CL
MTBL1768 MT
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 2. AT
NG © GO TO 3.
AX
2 CHECK DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR
1. Disconnect rear door lock actuator LH harness connector.
2. Apply 12V direct current to rear door lock actuator LH and check operation.
SU
BR
ST
RS
YEL270E
BT
HA
SC
MTBL1769
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 3.
NG © Replace rear door lock actuator LH. IDX
EL-357
POWER DOOR LOCK — SUPER LOCK —
Trouble Diagnosis/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
YEL347F
MTBL1871
OK or NG
OK © Replace smart entrance control unit.
NG © Repair or replace harness.
EL-358
POWER DOOR LOCK — SUPER LOCK —
Trouble Diagnosis/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
Rear RH Side NJEL0581S0704
EM
LC
EC
YEL266E
FE
CL
MTBL1771 MT
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 2. AT
NG © GO TO 3.
AX
2 CHECK DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR
1. Disconnect rear door lock actuator RH harness connector.
2. Apply 12V direct current to rear door lock actuator RH and check operation.
SU
BR
ST
RS
YEL267E
BT
HA
SC
MTBL1772
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 3.
NG © Replace rear door lock actuator RH. IDX
EL-359
POWER DOOR LOCK — SUPER LOCK —
Trouble Diagnosis/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
YEL349F
MTBL1872
OK or NG
OK © Replace smart entrance control unit.
NG © Repair or replace harness.
EL-360
POWER DOOR LOCK — SUPER LOCK —
Trouble Diagnosis/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
DOOR SWITCH CHECK NJEL0581S08
Driver Side NJEL0581S0801
GI
1 CHECK DOOR SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL
With CONSULT-II
I Check door switch “DR DOOR SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. MA
EM
LC
EC
SIIA1590E FE
CL
MTBL1496 MT
Without CONSULT-II AT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check voltage between smart entrance control unit harness connector M194 terminal 43 (R/W) and ground.
AX
SU
BR
ST
SIIA1588E
RS
BT
MTBL1788 HA
OK or NG
OK © Door switch circuit is OK. SC
NG © GO TO 2.
IDX
EL-361
POWER DOOR LOCK — SUPER LOCK —
Trouble Diagnosis/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
YEL314F
OK or NG
OK © Check the following.
I Front door switch driver side ground condition
I Harness for open or short between smart entrance control unit and front door switch
driver side
NG © Replace front door switch LH.
EL-362
POWER DOOR LOCK — SUPER LOCK —
Trouble Diagnosis/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
Passenger Side NJEL0581S0802
EM
LC
EC
SIIA1591E
FE
CL
MTBL1499
MT
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check voltage between smart entrance control unit harness connector M194 terminal 44 (R/W) and ground. AT
AX
SU
BR
SIIA1592E
ST
RS
BT
MTBL1789
OK or NG HA
OK © Door switch circuit is OK.
NG © GO TO 2. SC
IDX
EL-363
POWER DOOR LOCK — SUPER LOCK —
Trouble Diagnosis/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
YEL334F
MTBL1873
OK or NG
OK © Check the following.
I Front door switch passenger side ground condition
I Harness for open or short between smart entrance control unit and front door switch
passenger side
NG © Replace front door switch RH.
EL-364
POWER DOOR LOCK — SUPER LOCK —
Trouble Diagnosis/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
Rear LH Side NJEL0581S0803
EM
LC
EC
SIIA1593E
FE
CL
MTBL1502
MT
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check voltage between smart entrance control unit harness connector M194 terminal 45 (BR/W) and ground. AT
AX
SU
BR
SIIA1594E
ST
RS
BT
MTBL1790
OK or NG HA
OK © Door switch circuit is OK.
NG © GO TO 2. SC
IDX
EL-365
POWER DOOR LOCK — SUPER LOCK —
Trouble Diagnosis/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
YEL335F
MTBL1874
OK or NG
OK © Check the following.
I Rear door switch LH ground condition
I Harness for open or short between smart entrance control unit and rear door switch
LH
NG © Replace rear door switch LH.
EL-366
POWER DOOR LOCK — SUPER LOCK —
Trouble Diagnosis/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
Rear RH Side NJEL0581S0804
EM
LC
EC
SIIA1596E
FE
CL
MTBL1505
MT
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check voltage between smart entrance control unit harness connector M194 terminal 39 (R/Y) and ground. AT
AX
SU
BR
SIIA1597E
ST
RS
BT
MTBL1791
OK or NG HA
OK © Door switch circuit is OK.
NG © GO TO 2. SC
IDX
EL-367
POWER DOOR LOCK — SUPER LOCK —
Trouble Diagnosis/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
YEL335F
MTBL1875
OK or NG
OK © Check the following.
I Rear door switch RH ground condition
I Harness for open or short between smart entrance control unit and rear door switch
RH
NG © Replace rear door switch RH.
EL-368
POWER DOOR LOCK — SUPER LOCK —
Trouble Diagnosis/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
DOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH CHECK =NJEL0581S12
MA
EM
LC
EC
YEL482E
Refer to wiring diagram in EL-293.
OK or NG
FE
OK © Door key cylinder switch is OK.
NG © GO TO 2. CL
AX
SU
BR
YEL338F
ST
OK or NG
OK © Check the following.
I Door key cylinder switch ground circuit RS
I Harness for open or short between time control unit and door key cylinder switch
NG © Replace door key cylinder switch. BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-369
POWER DOOR LOCK — SUPER LOCK —
Trouble Diagnosis/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
KEY SWITCH CHECK NJEL0581S09
SIIA1598E
When key is inserted in ignition key cylinder:
KEY IN DETECT ⇒ ON
When key is removed from ignition key cylinder:
KEY IN DETECT ⇒ OFF
Without CONSULT-II
I Check voltage between smart entrance control unit harness connector M193 terminal 5 (L/W) and ground.
SIIA1599E
MTBL1792
OK or NG
OK © Key switch circuit is OK.
NG © GO TO 2.
EL-370
POWER DOOR LOCK — SUPER LOCK —
Trouble Diagnosis/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
MA
EM
LC
EC
YEL350F
OK or NG
FE
OK © Check the following.
I 10A fuse [No. 12, located in fuse block (J/B)]
I Harness for open or short between key switch and fuse
I Harness for open or short between smart entrance control unit and key switch
CL
NG © Replace key switch.
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-371
POWER DOOR LOCK — SUPER LOCK —
Trouble Diagnosis/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
SUPER LOCK ACTUATOR CHECK =NJEL0581S10
Front Door NJEL0581S1001
YEL351F
MTBL1793
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 2.
NG © GO TO 3.
YEL275E
MTBL1511
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 3.
NG © Replace super lock actuator (door lock actuator).
EL-372
POWER DOOR LOCK — SUPER LOCK —
Trouble Diagnosis/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
EM
LC
EC
FE
YEL352F
CL
MT
AT
MTBL1876 AX
OK or NG
OK © Replace smart entrance control unit. SU
NG © Repair or replace harness.
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-373
POWER DOOR LOCK — SUPER LOCK —
Trouble Diagnosis/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
Rear Door =NJEL0581S1002
YEL351F
MTBL1554
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 2.
NG © GO TO 3.
YEL276E
MTBL1555
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 3.
NG © Replace super lock actuator (door lock actuator).
EL-374
POWER DOOR LOCK — SUPER LOCK —
Trouble Diagnosis/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
EM
LC
EC
FE
YEL353F
CL
MT
AT
MTBL1876 AX
OK or NG
OK © Replace smart entrance control unit. SU
NG © Repair or replace harness.
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-375
POWER DOOR LOCK — SUPER LOCK —
Trouble Diagnoses/YD Engine Models without Common Rail and K9K Engine Models
SEL062X
EL-376
POWER DOOR LOCK — SUPER LOCK —
Trouble Diagnoses/YD Engine Models without Common Rail and K9K Engine Models (Cont’d)
SYMPTOM CHART NJEL0669S02
REFERENCE PAGE (EL- ) 378 379 380 381 383 384 385 386 387 388 388 GI
FE
SYMPTOM
6
*Super lock cannot be released
X X SU
by door key cylinder.
8
Specific super lock actuator does
X ST
not operate.
SC
IDX
EL-377
POWER DOOR LOCK — SUPER LOCK —
Trouble Diagnoses/YD Engine Models without Common Rail and K9K Engine Models (Cont’d)
MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT CHECK NJEL0669S03
Main Power Supply Circuit Check NJEL0669S0301
YEL354F
SEL448X
EL-378
POWER DOOR LOCK — SUPER LOCK —
Trouble Diagnoses/YD Engine Models without Common Rail and K9K Engine Models (Cont’d)
DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK SWITCH CHECK =NJEL0669S04
EM
LC
EC
YEL355F
OK or NG
FE
OK © Door lock/unlock switch is OK.
NG © GO TO 2. CL
AX
SU
BR
YEL356F
ST
I Door lock/unlock switch (Without power window)
RS
BT
HA
SC
YEL357F
OK or NG
OK © Check the following.
I Ground circuit for door lock/unlock switch
I Harness for open or short between door lock/unlock switch and time control unit con- IDX
nector
NG © Replace door lock/unlock switch.
EL-379
POWER DOOR LOCK — SUPER LOCK —
Trouble Diagnoses/YD Engine Models without Common Rail and K9K Engine Models (Cont’d)
DOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH CHECK =NJEL0669S05
SEL470X
OK or NG
OK © Door key cylinder switch is OK.
NG © GO TO 2.
YEL358F
OK or NG
OK © Check the following.
I Door key cylinder switch ground circuit
I Harness for open or short between time control unit and door key cylinder switch
NG © Replace door key cylinder switch.
EL-380
POWER DOOR LOCK — SUPER LOCK —
Trouble Diagnoses/YD Engine Models without Common Rail and K9K Engine Models (Cont’d)
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR CHECK =NJEL0669S06
EM
LC
EC
YEL359F
I Door lock actuator passenger side and rear FE
CL
MT
AT
SEL473X AX
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 2. SU
NG © Replace time control unit. (Before replacing the control unit, perform “DOOR LOCK/
UNLOCK SWITCH CHECK”.)
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-381
POWER DOOR LOCK — SUPER LOCK —
Trouble Diagnoses/YD Engine Models without Common Rail and K9K Engine Models (Cont’d)
YEL360F
I Back door (Hatchback)
YEL361F
I Trunk lid (Sedan)
YEL362F
OK or NG
OK © Check harness for open or short between time control unit connector and door lock
actuator.
NG © Replace door lock actuator.
EL-382
POWER DOOR LOCK — SUPER LOCK —
Trouble Diagnoses/YD Engine Models without Common Rail and K9K Engine Models (Cont’d)
SUPER LOCK ACTUATOR CHECK =NJEL0669S07
MA
EM
LC
EC
SEL474X
OK or NG
FE
OK © GO TO 2.
NG © Replace time control unit. (Before replacing the unit, perform “DOOR KEY CYLINDER
SWITCH CHECK”.) CL
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
YEL363F HA
OK or NG
OK © Check harness for open or short between time control unit and super lock actuator. SC
NG © Replace super lock actuator.
IDX
EL-383
POWER DOOR LOCK — SUPER LOCK —
Trouble Diagnoses/YD Engine Models without Common Rail and K9K Engine Models (Cont’d)
DOOR SWITCH CHECK =NJEL0669S08
SEL475X
OK or NG
OK © Door switch is OK.
NG © GO TO 2.
YEL314F
OK or NG
OK © Check the following.
I Door switch ground circuit or door switch ground condition
I Harness for open or short between smart entrance control unit and door switch
NG © Replace door switch.
EL-384
POWER DOOR LOCK — SUPER LOCK —
Trouble Diagnoses/YD Engine Models without Common Rail and K9K Engine Models (Cont’d)
DOOR UNLOCK SENSOR CHECK =NJEL0669S09
MA
EM
LC
EC
SEL476X
OK or NG
FE
OK © Door unlock sensor is OK.
NG © GO TO 2.
CL
2 CHECK DOOR UNLOCK SENSOR
1. Disconnect door unlock sensor connector. MT
2. Check continuity between door unlock sensor terminals 2 and 5.
AT
AX
SU
BR
YEL368F
OK or NG ST
OK © Check the following.
I Door unlock sensor ground circuit
I Harness for open or short between time control unit and door unlock sensor RS
NG © Replace door unlock sensor.
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-385
POWER DOOR LOCK — SUPER LOCK —
Trouble Diagnoses/YD Engine Models without Common Rail and K9K Engine Models (Cont’d)
NATS RELEASE SIGNAL CHECK =NJEL0669S10
SEL478X
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 2.
NG © Repair harness.
SEL479X
OK or NG
OK © Replace super lock control unit.
NG © Check NATS system.
EL-386
POWER DOOR LOCK — SUPER LOCK —
Trouble Diagnoses/YD Engine Models without Common Rail and K9K Engine Models (Cont’d)
KEY SWITCH (INSERT) CHECK =NJEL0669S11
MA
EM
LC
EC
SEL433X
OK or NG
FE
OK © Key switch is OK.
NG © GO TO 2.
CL
2 CHECK KEY SWITCH (INSERT)
Check continuity between key switch terminals 1 and 2. MT
AT
AX
SU
YEL342F BR
OK or NG
OK © Check the following. ST
I 10A fuse [No. 12, located in fuse block (J/B)]
I Harness for open or short between key switch and fuse
I Harness for open or short between time control unit and key switch RS
NG © Replace key switch.
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-387
POWER DOOR LOCK — SUPER LOCK —
Trouble Diagnoses/YD Engine Models without Common Rail and K9K Engine Models (Cont’d)
IGNITION SWITCH “ON” CIRCUIT CHECK =NJEL0669S12
YEL369F
OK or NG
OK © Ignition switch “ON” circuit is OK.
NG © Check the following.
I 10A fuse [No. 10, located in fuse block (J/B)]
I Harness for open or short between time control unit and fuse
YEL370F
OK or NG
OK © System is OK.
NG © Replace time control unit. (Before replacing the unit, make sure the remote controller ID
registration for time control unit and the remote controller battery once again.)
EL-388
MULTI-REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM
System Description
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-389
MULTI-REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM
Wiring Diagram — MULTI —
YEL560E
EL-390
MULTI-REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM
Wiring Diagram — MULTI — (Cont’d)
FIG. 2 NJEL0481S02
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL766D
EL-391
MULTI-REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM
Trouble Diagnoses/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail
SIIA1645E
MBIB0233E
SIIA1678E
SIIA1679E
SIIA1677E
EL-392
MULTI-REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM
Trouble Diagnoses/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
CONSULT-II APPLICATION ITEMS NJEL0582S02
DATA MONITOR
GI
Monitored Item Description
RKE LOCK Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of lock signal from remote controller.
EM
RKE UNLOCK Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of unlock signal from remote controller.
RKE SEL UNLOCK Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of select unlock signal from remote controller.
LC
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of trunk (sedan) or back door (wagon) open signal from trunk or
RKE TRUNK REL
back door release switch.
EC
BATTERY CHECK Indicates [OK/NG] condition of remote controller battery.
FE
WORK SUPPORT
Test Item Description
CL
KEYLESS CHECK It can be checked whether remote controller ID code is registered or not in this mode.
All function of multi-remote control system do not Power supply and ground circuit for smart entrance control
ST
EL-395
operate. unit check
.If above systems are OK, replace smart entrance control unit. — RS
Remote controller battery check EL-394
EL-393
MULTI-REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM
Trouble Diagnoses/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
REMOTE CONTROLLER BATTERY CHECK NJEL0582S04
SEL237W
Voltage: 2.5V - 3.0V
NOTE:
Remote controller does not function if battery is not set correctly.
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 2.
NG © Replace battery. Refer to EL-404, “Remote Controller Battery Replacement”.
SIIA1643E
MTBL1512
Voltage: 2.5V - 3.0V
OK or NG
OK © Remote controller is OK. Further inspection is necessary. Refer to EL-393, “Symptom
Chart”.
NG © Replace remote controller.
EL-394
MULTI-REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM
Trouble Diagnoses/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT CHECK NJEL0582S05
EM
LC
EC
YEL324F FE
CL
MT
MTBL1513
OK or NG
AT
OK © GO TO 2.
NG © Check smart entrance control unit power supply circuit for open or short.
AX
2 CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between smart entrance control unit harness connector M195 terminal 53 (B) and ground.
SU
BR
ST
RS
SIIA1565E
BT
HA
MTBL1514
SC
OK or NG
OK © Power supply and ground circuit is OK.
NG © Repair or replace harness.
IDX
EL-395
MULTI-REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM
Trouble Diagnoses/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
HAZARD REMINDER CHECK =NJEL0582S06
YEL371F
MTBL1515
OK or NG
OK © Check harness for open or short between smart entrance control unit and hazard switch.
NG © Replace smart entrance control unit.
EL-396
MULTI-REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM
Trouble Diagnoses/YD Engine Models without Common Rail and K9K Engine Models
No doors can be locked or unlocked by remote 1. Remote controller battery check 398 LC
control operation.
(Make sure that power door lock operates prop- 2. Power supply and ground circuit for time control unit check 399
erly. If NG, check power door lock.) 3. Replace remote controller. Refer to ID Code Entry Procedure. 401 EC
The new ID of remote controller cannot be 1. Remote controller battery check 398
entered. FE
2. Power supply and ground circuit for time control unit check 399
3. Ignition “ON” power supply circuit for time control unit 400
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-397
MULTI-REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM
Trouble Diagnoses/YD Engine Models without Common Rail and K9K Engine Models (Cont’d)
REMOTE CONTROLLER BATTERY AND FUNCTION
CHECK =NJEL0670S02
SEL237W
2.5 - 3.0
Voltage [V]:
NOTE:
Remote controller does not function if battery is not set correctly.
OK or NG
OK © Check remote controller battery terminals for corrosion or damage.
NG © Replace battery.
EL-398
MULTI-REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM
Trouble Diagnoses/YD Engine Models without Common Rail and K9K Engine Models (Cont’d)
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT CHECK =NJEL0670S03
1 CHECK MAIN POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR TIME CONTROL UNIT GI
1. Disconnect time control unit harness connector.
2. Check voltage between time control unit harness connector terminal 9 and ground.
MA
EM
LC
EC
SEL487X
OK or NG FE
OK © GO TO 2.
NG © Check the following. CL
I 15A fuse [No. 5, located in fuse block (J/B)]
I Harness for open or short between time control unit and fuse
MT
2 CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT FOR TIME CONTROL UNIT
Check continuity between time control unit harness connector terminal 16 and ground. AT
AX
SU
BR
SEL448X ST
OK or NG
OK © Power supply and ground circuits are OK. RS
NG © Check ground harness.
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-399
MULTI-REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM
Trouble Diagnoses/YD Engine Models without Common Rail and K9K Engine Models (Cont’d)
IGNITION “ON” POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR TIME
CONTROL UNIT =NJEL0670S04
1 CHECK IGNITION “ON” POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR TIME CONTROL UNIT
1. Disconnected time control unit harness connector.
2. Check voltage between time control unit terminal 1 and ground.
YEL369F
OK or NG
OK © Ignition “ON” power supply circuit is OK.
NG © Check the following.
I 10A fuse [No. 10, located in fuse block (J/B)]
I Harness for open or short between time control unit and fuse.
YEL372F
OK or NG
OK © System is OK.
NG © Replace time control unit. (Before replacing the unit, make sure the remote controller ID
registration for time control unit and the remote controller battery once again.)
EL-400
MULTI-REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM
ID Code Entry Procedure
LC
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Connect “CONSULT-II” to the data link connector.
EC
FE
CL
SEF289X
MT
3. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
4. Touch “START”. AT
AX
SU
BR
PBR455D
RS
BT
HA
SEL398Y
IDX
YEL373F
EL-401
MULTI-REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM
ID Code Entry Procedure (Cont’d)
7. Touch “WORK SUPPORT”.
SEL274W
8. The items are shown on the figure at left can be set up.
I “REMO CONT ID CONFIR”
Use this mode to confirm if a keyfob ID code is registered or
not.
I “REMO CONT ID REGIST”
Use this mode to register a keyfob ID code.
NOTE:
Register the ID code when keyfob or smart entrance control
unit is replaced, or when additional keyfob is required.
I “REMO CONT ID ERASUR”
SEL424Y Use this mode to erase a keyfob ID code.
Refer to the EL-298, “Work Support” in “CONSULT-II Application
Items” for the following items.
I “MULTI ANSWER BACK SET”
I “AUTO LOCK SET”
I “PANIC ALARM SET”
I “TRUNK OPENER”
EL-402
MULTI-REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM
ID Code Entry Procedure (Cont’d)
KEYFOB ID SET UP WITHOUT CONSULT-II NJEL0483S03
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
SEL497X
EL-403
MULTI-REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM
Remote Controller Battery Replacement
SEL241X
EL-404
THEFT WARNING SYSTEM
SMA for VIN >SJNxxAN16U0522332 Wiring Diagram — PRWIRE —
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL780D
EL-405
THEFT WARNING SYSTEM
Wiring Diagram — PRWIRE — (Cont’d)
YEL781D
EL-406
SMART ENTRANCE CONTROL SYSTEM
Description
Description NJEL0583
OUTLINE
I Warning chime, refer to EL-155, “WARNING CHIME”.
NJEL0583S01
GI
I Rear defogger and door mirror defogger, refer to EL-194, “REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER”.
I Power door lock, refer to EL-286, “POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM”. MA
I Power door lock - Super lock - (RHD models), refer to EL-333, “POWER DOOR LOCK — SUPER LOCK
—”.
I Multi-remote control system, refer to EL-389, “MULTI-REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM”. EM
I NATS (Nissan Anti-Theft system), refer to EL-424, “NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)”.
I Interior lamp, refer to EL-91, “INTERIOR ROOM LAMP”. LC
Also, smart entrance control unit has the “sleep/wake-up control” function. Smart entrance control unit puts
itself (the whole smart entrance control unit) to sleep under certain conditions to prevent unnecessary power
consumption. Then, when a certain input is detected, the system wakes itself up. For more detailed EC
information, refer to EL-407, “SLEEP/WAKE-UP CONTROL”.
INTERIOR LAMP/SPOT LAMP/VANITY MIRROR ILLUMINATION NJEL0583S02 FE
The lamps turn off automatically when the interior lamp, spot lamp or/and vanity mirror illumination are illumi-
nated with the ignition key in the OFF position, if the lamp remains lit by the door switch open signal or if the
lamp switch is in the ON position for more than 30 minutes. CL
After lamps are turned off by the smart entrance control unit, the lamps illuminate again when:
I Driver’s door is locked or unlocked with remote controller, door lock/unlock switch or door key cylinder.
I Ignition switch is turned to ON. MT
I Door is opened or closed,
I Key is inserted into ignition key cylinder. AT
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER/DOOR MIRROR DEFOGGER NJEL0583S03
Rear window defogger is turned off in approximately 15 minutes after the rear window defogger switch is turned AX
on.
SLEEP/WAKE-UP CONTROL
Sleep Control
NJEL0583S04
SU
NJEL0583S0401
“Sleep” control prevents unnecessary power consumption. After the following conditions are met, the smart
entrance control unit suspends the operation. The whole smart entrance control unit is set in the “sleep” mode. BR
I Ignition switch “OFF”
I All electrical loads (in the smart entrance control unit) “OFF”
I Timer “OFF” ST
I Each switch does not input
I Keyless entry does not receive any command from keyfob. RS
Wake-up Control NJEL0583S0402
When the smart entrance control unit detects a “wake-up” signal, it wakes up the whole system and starts BT
operating again. When any one of the following switches are turned ON, the “sleep” mode is canceled:
I Ignition switch
I Hazard switch HA
I Headlamp switch
I Any door switch
SC
I Key cylinder switch
I Door lock/unlock switch
IDX
EL-407
SMART ENTRANCE CONTROL SYSTEM
Description (Cont’d)
INPUT/OUTPUT =NJEL0583S05
Door switches
Remote controller signal (lock/unlock)
Interior room lamp Door lock/unlock switches (lock/unlock) Interior lamp
Ignition switch (ON)
Key switch (Insert)
EL-408
SMART ENTRANCE CONTROL SYSTEM
CONSULT-II
CONSULT-II =NJEL0584
DIAGNOSTIC ITEMS APPLICATION NJEL0584S01
GI
Item (CONSULT-II CAN DIAG SUP- SELF DIAG
Diagnosed system DATA MONITOR WORK SUPPORT
screen terms) PORT MNTR RESULTS
MA
DOOR LOCKING Power door lock X X
LIGHT ON LC
Warning chime X
REMINDER
Multi-remote control
CL
KEYLESS ENTRY X X
system
CDL LOCK SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of door lock/unlock switch (lock signal).
BT
CDL UNLOCK SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of door lock/unlock switch (unlock signal).
RKE LOCK Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of lock signal from remote controller.
RKE UNLOCK Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of unlock signal from remote controller.
IDX
RKE SEL UNLOCK Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of select unlock signal from remote controller.
RKE TRUNK REL Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of trunk open signal from remote controller.
EL-409
SMART ENTRANCE CONTROL SYSTEM
CONSULT-II (Cont’d)
WORK SUPPORT for This mode can check whether water remote controller
KEYLESS CHECK
ROOM ID code is registered or not.
DIRECTION INDICATORS AUDIBLE TRAILER WARNING This mode can set audible trailer warning function.
RH turn signal lamp system is mal- Check turn signal lamp system. Refer to EL-68,
RH FLASHER (S) BULB BROKEN
functioning. “TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNINGLAMPS”.
LH turn signal lamp system is malfunc- Check turn signal lamp system. Refer to EL-68,
LH FLASHER (S) BULB BROKEN
tioning. “TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNINGLAMPS”.
RH FLASHER CIRCUIT OVER RH turn signal lamp circuit is open or Check turn signal lamp system. Refer to EL-68,
CURRENT shorted. “TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNINGLAMPS”.
LH FLASHER CIRCUIT OVER LH turn signal lamp circuit is open or Check turn signal lamp system. Refer to EL-68,
CURRENT shorted. “TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNINGLAMPS”.
CAN communication line is open or Check CAN communication line. Refer to EL-418,
CAN COMM CIRCUIT*
shorted. “CAN Communication Line Check”.
EL-410
SMART ENTRANCE CONTROL SYSTEM
CONSULT-II (Cont’d)
CONSULT-II INSPECTION PROCEDURE =NJEL0584S05
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Connect “CONSULT-II” to the data link connector. GI
MA
EM
MAIA0009E LC
3. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
4. Touch “START” (NISSAN BASED VHCL).
EC
FE
CL
PBIB2276E
MT
5. Touch “SMART ENTRANCE”.
AT
AX
SU
BR
SIIA1678E
BT
HA
SIIA1676E
SC
IDX
EL-411
SMART ENTRANCE CONTROL SYSTEM
Schematic
YEL561E
EL-412
SMART ENTRANCE CONTROL SYSTEM
Schematic (Cont’d)
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL770D
EL-413
SMART ENTRANCE CONTROL SYSTEM
Smart Entrance Control Unit Inspection Table
Terminal Wire
Connections Operated condition Voltage (Approximate values)
No. color
MKIB0191E
Hood switch:
15 P/B Hood switch 0V , 12V
ON (Open) , OFF (Closed)
EL-414
SMART ENTRANCE CONTROL SYSTEM
Smart Entrance Control Unit Inspection Table (Cont’d)
Terminal Wire
Connections Operated condition Voltage (Approximate values)
No. color
GI
When interior lamp is operated using
28 R/Y Interior room lamp remote controller (Lamp switch in 12V , 0V
“DOOR” position) MA
Ignition key is in “ON” or START posi-
29 Y/G Ignition key switch 12V
tion
EM
30 G/R Hazard switch Hazard switch: OFF , ON 12V , 0V
39 R/Y Rear door switch RH Rear door RH: Open , Closed 0V , 12V
MT
[Engine is running]
41 L Air conditioner relay 12V , 0V
Air conditioner switch: ON , OFF
44 R/W
Front door switch Front door (Passenger side):
0V , 12V AX
(Passenger side) Open , Closed
45 BR/W Rear door switch LH Rear door LH: Open , Closed 0V , 12V
SU
49 W/L Power source — 12V
EL-415
SMART ENTRANCE CONTROL SYSTEM
Trouble Diagnoses
1 CHECK FUSES
Check that any of the fuse in smart entrance control unit is blown.
MTBL1459
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 2.
NG © Replace malfunctioning fuse.
EL-416
SMART ENTRANCE CONTROL SYSTEM
Power Supply and Ground Circuit Check (Cont’d)
MA
EM
LC
MKIB0013E EC
2. Check the following.
FE
CL
MT
MTBL1460
AT
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 3. AX
NG © Check harness for open or short between smart entrance control unit and fuse.
SU
3 GROUND CIRCUIT CHECK
Check continuity between smart entrance control unit harness connector M195 terminal 53 (B) and ground. BR
ST
RS
BT
MKIB0014E HA
OK or NG
OK © INSPECTION END SC
NG © Repair or replace ground harness.
IDX
EL-417
SMART ENTRANCE CONTROL SYSTEM
CAN Communication Line Check
EL-418
TIME CONTROL UNIT
Description
Description =NJEL0671
The TCU is applied for YD engine models without common rail and K9K engine models.
The TCU has the following functions. GI
INTERIOR LAMP TIMER NJEL0671S01
The interior lamp timer is controlled by the TCU. MA
For further information, refer to “INTERIOR ROOM LAMP” (EL-91).
IGNITION KEY WARNING CHIME AND LIGHT WARNING CHIME NJEL0671S02 EM
The ignition key and light warning chime are controlled by the TCU.
For further information, refer to “WARNING CHIME” (EL-155).
LC
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER TIMER NJEL0671S03
The rear window defogger and door mirror defogger system are controlled by the TCU.
For further information, refer to “REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER” (EL-195). EC
POWER DOOR LOCK (SUPER LOCK) NJEL0671S04
The power door lock (super lock) is controlled by the TCU. FE
For further information, refer to “POWER DOOR LOCK — Super Lock —” (EL-333).
MULTI-REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM
The multi-remote control system is controlled by the TCU.
NJEL0671S05 CL
For further information, refer to “MULTI-REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM” (EL-389).
FUNCTION MT
NJEL0671S06
I The TCU has the following control function.
Item Details of control AT
Switches the director indicators (Left, Right or All) when the combination
Direction indicators
switch or hazard switch is operated.
AX
Sounds warning chime when driver’s door is opened with light switch in the
Light warning chime
1st or 2nd position and ignition switch “OFF”.
SU
Sounds warning chime when driver’s door is opened with key in ignition and
Ignition key warning chine the driver door lock knob (unlock sensor) is moved from the “unlock” posi-
tion to the “lock” position.
BR
Turn off rear window defogger and door mirror heater, if equipped, about 15
Rear window defogger timer
minutes after the rear window defogger switch is turned “ON”.
ST
Shuts off interior lamp in 30 minutes if any door is left open when ignition
Battery saver switch is “OFF”. The battery saver will reset if ignition switch is cycled or any
door is opened or closed.
RS
Keep interior lamp illuminated for about 30 seconds when:
I driver’s door is unlocked,
I the ignition is switched off, BT
Interior lamp timer I driver’s door is opened and then closed.
The timer is cancelled, and interior lamp turns off when:
I driver’s door is locked, or HA
I ignition switch is turned “ON”.
IDX
EL-419
TIME CONTROL UNIT
Trouble Diagnoses
SEL496X
Checks
Once in Diagnostic Mode, the following inputs can be tested.
USER ACTION TCU Reaction COMPONENT TESTED
Driver’s door locked from unlocked Hazard flash once Driver’s door unlock sensor signal
Passenger door locked from unlocked Hazard flash once Assist door unlock sensor signal
Hazard switch is pressed from off Hazard flash once Hazard switch signal
Key turned to lock position is door Hazard flash once* Key cylinder lock switch signal
EL-420
TIME CONTROL UNIT
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
Key put in ignition from out Hazard flash once Key in detect signal
MA
Door lock/unlock switch is pressed Hazard flash once Central door lock/unlock signal
*) Hazard may flash a second time because of Driver’s door status signal change. The min. delay time between flash actions is 100
ms.
EM
In case the system does not operate as described above, check the concerned circuit for open or short. After
completion, the Diagnostic Mode can be switched off by pressing the rear defogger switch or by turning the LC
ignition to “ON”. The hazard lamp will flash at 3 Hz for 3 seconds to confirm that Diagnostic Mode has been
switched off.
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-421
TIME CONTROL UNIT
Schematic
YEL921D
EL-422
TIME CONTROL UNIT
Schematic (Cont’d)
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL922D
EL-423
NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)
Component Parts and Harness Connetor Location
1. 6 times blinking
NATS malfunction
2. Staying ON after igni-
(except dongle unit) is — — Staying ON
tion switch is turned
detected
ON
1. 6 times blinking
Malfunction of NATS
2. Staying ON after igni-
and engine related parts Staying ON Staying ON Staying ON
tion switch is turned
are detected.
ON
I NATS trouble diagnoses, system initialization and additional registration of other NATS ignition key IDs
must be carried out using CONSULT-II hardware and CONSULT-II NATS software.
Regarding the procedures of NATS initialization and NATS ignition key ID registration, refer to CONSULT-II
operation manual, NATS.
I When servicing a malfunction of the NATS (indicated by lighting up of Security Indicator Lamp) or
EL-424
NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)
System Description (Cont’d)
registering another NATS ignition key ID no., it may be necessary to re-register original key iden-
tification. Therefore, be sure to receive ALL KEYS from vehicle owner.
System Composition GI
NJEL0408
QG ENGINE MODELS AND YD ENGINE MODELS WITH COMMON RAIL NJEL0408S01
The immobilizer function of the NATS consists of the following: MA
I NATS ignition key
I NATS immobilizer control unit (IMMU) built in smart entrance control unit
EM
I NATS antenna amp.
I Engine control module (ECM)
I Dongle unit (RHD models) LC
I Security indicator
I Audio
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
SIIA1666E
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-425
NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)
System Composition (Cont’d)
YD ENGINE MODELS WITHOUT COMMON RAIL AND K9K ENGINE MODELS =NJEL0408S02
The immobilizer function of the NATS consists of the following:
I NATS ignition key
I NATS immobilizer control unit (IMMU) located in the ignition key cylinder
I Engine control module (ECM)
I Dongle unit (RHD models)
I Security indicator
I Audio
YEL298F
EL-426
NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)
SMA for VIN >SJNxxAN16U0522332 Wiring Diagram — NATS —
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL562E
EL-427
NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)
Wiring Diagram — NATS — (Cont’d)
YD ENGINE MODELS WITHOUT COMMON RAIL NJEL0487S10
YEL772D
EL-428
NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)
Wiring Diagram — NATS — (Cont’d)
K9K ENGINE MODELS NJEL0487S11
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL773D
EL-429
NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)
CONSULT-II
CONSULT-II NJEL0410
CONSULT-II INSPECTION PROCEDURE NJEL0410S01
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
SEF094Y
PBR455D
SEL027X
SEL150X
EL-430
NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)
CONSULT-II (Cont’d)
CONSULT-II DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE FUNCTION=NJEL0410S02
CONSULT-II DIAGNOSTIC TEST GI
Description
MODE
C/U INITIALIZATION When replacing any of the following components, C/U initialization and re-registration of all
NATS ignition keys are necessary. MA
[NATS ignition key/IMMU/ECM/Dongle unit]
SELF-DIAG RESULTS Detected items (screen terms) are as shown in the chart EL-431. EM
NOTE:
I When any initialization is performed, all ID previously reg- LC
istered will be erased and all NATS ignition keys must be
registered again.
I The engine cannot be started with an unregistered key. In this EC
case, the system may show “DIFFERENCE OF KEY” or
“LOCK MODE” as a self-diagnostic result on the CONSULT-II
screen. FE
I When initialization is performed for RHD models for Europe,
security indicator will flash six times to demonstrate recognition
of the dongle unit ID. CL
I In rare case, “CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU” might be stored as a
self-diagnostic result during key registration procedure, even if
the system is not malfunctioning. MT
HOW TO READ SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS NJEL0410S03
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
SEL151X
HA
SC
IDX
EL-431
NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)
CONSULT-II (Cont’d)
NATS SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS ITEM CHART =NJEL0410S04
P No. Code Malfunction is detected when .....
Detected items (NATS program card (Self-diag-
Reference page
screen terms) nostic result
of “ENGINE”
NATS MAL- IMMU can receive the key ID signal but the result of ID
DIFFERENCE OF KEY FUNCTION verification between key ID and IMMU is NG. EL-439
P1615
DON’T ERASE BEFORE All engine trouble codes except NATS trouble code has
— EL-433
CHECKING ENG DIAG been detected in ECM.
EL-432
NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)
Trouble Diagnoses/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
SEL729WE
EL-433
NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)
Trouble Diagnoses/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
First perform the “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” in “SMART ENTRANCE”
with CONSULT-II, when perform the each trouble diagnosis. Refer
to EL-430, “CONSULT-II INSPECTION PROCEDURE”.
SYMPTOM MATRIX CHART 1 NJEL0590S02
Self-diagnosis related item
Displayed “SELF-DIAG DIAGNOSTIC PROCE- SYSTEM REFERENCE PART
SYMPTOM RESULTS” on CON- DURE (Malfunctioning part or NO. OF ILLUSTRATION
SULT-II screen. (Reference page) mode) ON SYSTEM DIAGRAM
PROCEDURE 1
ECM INT CIRC-IMMU (EL-436, “Diagnostic ECM B
Procedure 1”)
ECM B
IMMU A
EL-434
NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)
Trouble Diagnoses/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
Dongle unit G CL
IMMU A
*: When NATS detects trouble, the security indicator lights up while ignition key is in the “ON” position.
BR
SYMPTOM MATRIX CHART 2 NJEL0590S03
Non self-diagnosis related item
ST
REFERENCE PART NO. OF
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE SYSTEM
SYMPTOM ILLUSTRATION ON SYSTEM
(Reference page) (Malfunctioning part or mode)
DIAGRAM
RS
Security ind. —
Security ind. does not blink just PROCEDURE 8 NATS might be initialized with- — SC
after initialization even if the (EL-447, “RHD models only: out connecting dongle unit
vehicle is equipped with dongle Diagnostic Procedure 8”) properly.
unit.
Security ind. does not blink just Open circuit in ground line of C6
after ignition switch is turned to dongle unit circuit
ON when some malfunction
IDX
related to NATS is detected Open or short circuit in com- C5
even if the vehicle is equipped munication line between IMMU
with dongle unit. and dongle unit
Dongle unit G
EL-435
NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)
Trouble Diagnoses/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
Security ind. dose not blink just PROCEDURE 9 Open or short circuit starter —
after ignition switch is turned to (EL-448, “Diagnostic Proce- motor between smart entrance
ON. dure 9”) control unit
Engine can not be started*
SIIA1667E
EL-436
NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)
Trouble Diagnoses/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 2 =NJEL0590S06
Self-diagnostic results:
“CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU” displayed on CONSULT-II screen GI
1 CONFIRM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Confirm SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS “CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU” displayed on CONSULT-II screen. MA
NOTE:
In rare case, “CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU” might be stored during key registration procedure, even if the system is not mal-
functioning. EM
LC
EC
FE
SEL292W CL
Is CONSULT-II screen displayed as above?
Yes © GO TO 2. MT
No © GO TO EL-434, “SYMPTOM MATRIX CHART 1”.
AT
2 CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR IMMU
1. Disconnect IMMU connector.
2. Check voltage between IMMU (Smart entrance control unit) harness connector M195 terminal 56 (R/B) and ground
AX
CONSULT-II or tester.
SU
BR
ST
RS
YEL374F
Battery voltage should exist.
BT
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 3.
HA
NG © Check the following
I 10A fuse [No. 12, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
I Harness for open or short between fuse and IMMU connector SC
Ref. Part No. C1
IDX
EL-437
NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)
Trouble Diagnoses/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
SIIA1668E
Battery voltage should exist.
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 4.
NG © Check the following.
I 10A fuse [No. 10, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
I Harness for open or short between fuse and IMMU connector
Ref. part No. C2
SIIA1565E
Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 5.
NG © Repair or replace harness. Ref. part No. C3
EL-438
NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)
Trouble Diagnoses/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 3 NJEL0590S07
Self-diagnostic results:
“DIFFERENCE OF KEY” displayed on CONSULT-II screen GI
1 CONFIRM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Confirm SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS “DIFFERENCE OF KEY” displayed on CONSULT-II screen. MA
EM
LC
EC
SEL367X FE
Is CONSULT-II screen displayed as above?
Yes © GO TO 2. CL
No © GO TO EL-434, “SYMPTOM MATRIX CHART 1”.
MT
2 PERFORM INITIALIZATION WITH CONSULT-II
Perform initialization with CONSULT-II. Re-register all NATS ignition key IDs.
For initialization and registration of NATS ignition key IDs, refer to “CONSULT-II operation manual NATS”.
AT
NOTE:
If the initialization is not completed or fails, CONSULT-II shows below message on the screen.
AX
SU
BR
ST
SEL297W
RS
Can the system be initialized and can the engine be started with re-registered NATS ignition key?
Yes © I Ignition key ID was unregistered. Ref. part No. D
BT
No © I IMMU (Smart entrance control unit) is malfunctioning.
I Replace IMMU (Smart entrance control unit). Ref. part No. A
I Perform initialization with CONSULT-II. HA
I For initialization, refer to “CONSULT-II operation manual NATS”.
SC
IDX
EL-439
NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)
Trouble Diagnoses/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 4 =NJEL0590S08
Self-diagnostic results:
“CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY” displayed on CONSULT-II screen
1 CONFIRM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Confirm SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS “CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY” displayed on CONSULT-II screen.
SEL957W
EL-440
NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)
Trouble Diagnoses/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
MA
EM
LC
YEL285E EC
Before turning ignition switch “ON”
Voltage: 0V
Just after turning ignition switch “ON”: FE
Pointer of tester should move.
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 5.
CL
NG © I Check harness for open or short between NATS antenna amp and IMMU (Smart
entrance control unit). MT
NOTE:
If harness is OK, replace IMMU, perform initialization with CONSULT-II. For
initialization, refer to “CONSULT-II operation manual NATS”. AT
SU
BR
ST
RS
YEL286E
Before turning ignition switch “ON”
Voltage: 0V BT
Just after turning ignition switch “ON”:
Pointer of tester should move.
OK or NG
HA
OK © GO TO 6.
NG © I Check harness for open or short between NATS antenna amp and IMMU (Smart SC
entrance control unit).
NOTE:
If harness is OK, replace IMMU, perform initialization with CONSULT-II. For
initialization, refer to “CONSULT-II operation manual NATS”.
IDX
EL-441
NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)
Trouble Diagnoses/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
YEL287E
Before turning ignition switch “ON”
Voltage: 0V
Just after turning ignition switch “ON”:
Pointer of tester should move.
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 7.
NG © I Check harness for open or short between NATS antenna amp and IMMU (Smart
entrance control unit).
NOTE:
If harness is OK, replace IMMU, perform initialization with CONSULT-II. For
initialization, refer to “CONSULT-II operation manual NATS”.
YEL288E
Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK © I NATS antenna amp. malfunctioning.
Ref. part No. E6
NG © I Check harness for open or short between NATS antenna amp and IMMU (Smart
entrance control unit).
NOTE:
If harness is OK, replace IMMU, perform initialization with CONSULT-II. For
initialization, refer to “CONSULT-II operation manual NATS”.
EL-442
NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)
Trouble Diagnoses/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 5 =NJEL0590S09
Self-diagnostic results:
“ID DISCORD, IMM-ECM” displayed on CONSULT-II screen GI
1 CONFIRM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Confirm SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS “ID DISCORD, IMM-ECM” displayed on CONSULT-II screen. MA
NOTE:
“ID DISCORD IMMU-ECM”:
Registered ID of IMMU is in discord with that of ECM. EM
LC
EC
FE
SEL958W CL
Is CONSULT-II screen displayed as above?
Yes © GO TO 2. MT
No © GO TO EL-434, “SYMPTOM MATRIX CHART 1”.
AT
2 PERFORM INITIALIZATION WITH CONSULT-II
Perform initialization with CONSULT-II. Re-register all NATS ignition key IDs.
For initialization, refer to “CONSULT-II operation manual NATS”.
AX
SU
BR
ST
SEL297W
RS
NOTE:
If the initialization is not completed or fails, CONSULT-II shows above message on the screen.
BT
Can the system be initialized?
Yes © I Start engine. (END)
I (System initialization had not been completed. Ref. part No. B) HA
No © I ECM is malfunctioning.
I Replace ECM. Ref. part No. B SC
I Perform initialization with CONSULT-II.
I For initialization, refer to “CONSULT-II operation manual NATS”.
IDX
EL-443
NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)
Trouble Diagnoses/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 6 =NJEL0590S11
Self-diagnostic results:
“LOCK MODE” displayed on CONSULT-II screen
1 CONFIRM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Confirm SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS “LOCK MODE” is displayed on CONSULT-II screen.
SEL960W
SEL297W
NOTE:
If the initialization is not completed or fails, CONSULT-II shows the above message on the screen.
Can the system be initialized?
Yes © System is OK.
No © GO TO 4.
EL-444
NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)
Trouble Diagnoses/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
EM
LC
EC
SEL297W
NOTE: FE
If the initialization is not completed or fails, CONSULT-II shows the above message on the screen.
Can the system be initialized?
Yes © System is OK. (IMMU is malfunctioning. Ref. part No. A)
CL
No © I ECM is malfunctioning.
Replace ECM. Ref. part No. B MT
Perform initialization with CONSULT-II.
For initialization, refer to “CONSULT-II operation manual NATS”.
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-445
NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)
Trouble Diagnoses/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 7 =NJEL0590S15
“SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP DOES NOT LIGHT UP”
1 CHECK FUSE
Check 10A fuse [No. 12 and No. 10, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
10A fuse OK?
OK © GO TO 2.
NG © Replace fuse.
YEL209E
Battery voltage should exist.
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 4.
NG © Check the following.
I Harness for open or short between fuse and combination meter
I Security indicator lamp (combination meter)
I Harness for open or short between combination meter and smart entrance control unit
EL-446
NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)
Trouble Diagnoses/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
EM
LC
EC
YEL210E
Continuity should exist intermittently. FE
OK or NG
OK © Check smart entrance control unit harness connector.
CL
NG © IMMU (Smart entrance control unit) is malfunctioning.
I Replace smart entrance control unit
Ref. part No. A MT
I Perform initialization with CONSULT-II
I For initialization, refer to “CONSULT-II operation manual NATS”
AT
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 8 NJEL0590S12
BT
HA
SC
SIIA1674E
Continuity should exist.
IDX
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 3.
NG © Repair or replace harness.
EL-447
NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)
Trouble Diagnoses/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
SIIA1675E
Continuity should exist.
3. Check continuity between (Smart entrance control unit) harness connector M193 terminal 9 (PU) and ground.
Continuity should not exist.
OK or NG
OK © Dongle unit is malfunctioning.
1. Replace dongle unit.
2. Perform initialization with CONSULT-II.
For initialization procedure, refer to “CONSULT-II Operation Manual NATS”.
NG © Repair or replace harness.
YEL484E
Ignition switch START position:
Battery voltage should exist.
Ignition switch OFF position: 0V
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 2.
NG © Check the following.
I Ignition switch
I Harness for open or short between ignition switch and IMMU (Smart entrance control
unit)
EL-448
NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)
Trouble Diagnoses/QG Engine Models and YD Engine Models with Common Rail (Cont’d)
EM
LC
EC
YEL485E
Battery voltage should exist. FE
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 3.
CL
NG © Replace IMMU (Smart entrance control unit).
MT
3 CHECK STARTER CIRCUIT FOR IMMU
1. Turn ignition OFF.
2. Disconnect IMMU (Smart entrance control unit) harness connector and starter motor harness connector. AT
3. Check continuity between IMMU (Smart entrance control unit) harness connector M195 terminal 58 (B/Y) and starter
motor harness connector F26 terminal 1 (B/Y).
AX
SU
BR
ST
YEL486E
Continuity should exist. RS
OK or NG
OK © Check starter motor. Refer to SC-13, “STARTING SYSTEM”. BT
NG © Harness for open or short between IMMU (Smart entrance control unit) and starter
motor.
HA
SIIA1683E
EL-449
NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)
Trouble Diagnoses/YD Engine Models without Common Rail and K9K Engine Models
SEL729WE
EL-450
NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)
Trouble Diagnoses/YD Engine Models without Common Rail and K9K Engine Models (Cont’d)
SYMPTOM MATRIX CHART 1 NJEL0674S02
(Self-diagnosis related item)
GI
Displayed “SELF-DIAG DIAGNOSTIC PROCE- SYSTEM REFERENCE PART
SYMPTOM RESULTS” on CON- DURE (Malfunctioning part or NO. OF ILLUSTRATION
SULT-II screen. (Reference page) mode) ON SYSTEM DIAGRAM
MA
PROCEDURE 1
ECM INT CIRC-IMMU ECM B
(EL-453)
EM
In rare case, “CHAIN
OF ECM-IMMU” might
be stored during key
registration procedure,
— LC
even if the system is not
malfunctioning.
EC
Open circuit in battery
voltage line of IMMU C1
circuit FE
Open circuit in ignition
C2
line of IMMU circuit
CL
Open circuit in ground
C3
line of IMMU circuit
PROCEDURE 2
CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU
(EL-454) Open circuit in commu- MT
nication line between C4
IMMU and ECM
AT
Short circuit between
IMMU and ECM com-
C4
munication line and bat- AX
tery voltage line
I Security indicator Short circuit between
lighting up* IMMU and ECM com-
C4
SU
I Engine cannot be munication line and
started ground line
ECM B
BR
IMMU A
ST
PROCEDURE 3 Unregistered key D
DIFFERENCE OF KEY
(EL-458) IMMU A
RS
Malfunction of key ID
E
chip
IMMU A BT
Open circuit in ground
PROCEDURE 4 C6
CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY
(EL-459)
line of dongle unit circuit HA
Open or short circuit in
line between IMMU and C5
dongle unit SC
Dongle unit G
EL-451
NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)
Trouble Diagnoses/YD Engine Models without Common Rail and K9K Engine Models (Cont’d)
*: When NATS detects trouble, the security indicator lights up while ignition key is in the “ON” position.
*: When the vehicle is equipped with a dongle unit (RHD models for Europe), the security indicator blinks 6 times just after the ignition
switch is turned to ON. Then the security indicator lights up while the ignition key is in the “ON” position.
Security ind. —
IMMU A
SEL028X
EL-452
NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)
Trouble Diagnoses/YD Engine Models without Common Rail and K9K Engine Models (Cont’d)
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 1 NJEL0674S05
Self-diagnostic results:
“ECM INT CIRC-IMMU” displayed on CONSULT-II screen GI
1. Confirm SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS “ECM INT CIRC-
IMMU” displayed on CONSULT-II screen. Ref. part No. B.
2. Replace ECM.
MA
3. Perform initialization with CONSULT-II.
For initialization, refer to “CONSULT-II operation manual EM
NATS”.
SEL152X LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-453
NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)
Trouble Diagnoses/YD Engine Models without Common Rail and K9K Engine Models (Cont’d)
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 2 =NJEL0674S06
Self-diagnostic results:
“CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU” displayed on CONSULT-II screen
1 CONFIRM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Confirm SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS “CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU” displayed on CONSULT-II screen.
NOTE:
In rare case, “CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU” might be stored during key registration procedure, even if the system is not mal-
functioning.
SEL366X
SEL302WB
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 3.
NG © Check the following.
I 10A fuse (No. 36, located in the fusible link and fuse box) — (Gasoline engine)
I 20A fuse (No. 34, located in the fusible link and fuse box) — (Diesel engine)
I Harness for open or short between fuse and IMMU connector
Ref. Part No. C1
EL-454
NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)
Trouble Diagnoses/YD Engine Models without Common Rail and K9K Engine Models (Cont’d)
MA
EM
YEL808C
LC
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 4.
EC
NG © Check the following.
I 10A fuse [No. 20, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
I Harness for open or short between fuse and IMMU connector FE
Ref. part No. C2
AT
AX
SU
SEL304WB
BR
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 5.
ST
NG © Repair harness. Ref. part No. C3
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-455
NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)
Trouble Diagnoses/YD Engine Models without Common Rail and K9K Engine Models (Cont’d)
SEL305WB
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 6.
NG © Repair harness or connector.
Ref. part No. C4
SEL306WB
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 7.
NG © Communication line is short-circuited with battery voltage line or ignition switch ON line.
Repair harness or connectors.
Ref. part No. C4
EL-456
NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)
Trouble Diagnoses/YD Engine Models without Common Rail and K9K Engine Models (Cont’d)
MA
EM
LC
SEL307WB
EC
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 8. FE
NG © Communication line is short-circuited with ground line.
Repair harness or connectors. CL
Ref. part No. C4
SU
BR
ST
SEL730W
OK or NG RS
OK © IMMU is malfunctioning.
Replace IMMU. Ref. part No. A BT
Perform initialization with CONSULT-II.
For the operation of initialization, refer to “CONSULT-II Operation Manual NATS”.
NG © ECM is malfunctioning. HA
Replace ECM. Ref. part No. B
Perform initialization with CONSULT-II.
For the operation of initialization, refer to “CONSULT-II Operation Manual NATS”. SC
IDX
EL-457
NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)
Trouble Diagnoses/YD Engine Models without Common Rail and K9K Engine Models (Cont’d)
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 3 =NJEL0674S07
Self-diagnostic results:
“DIFFERENCE OF KEY” displayed on CONSULT-II screen
1 CONFIRM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Confirm SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS “DIFFERENCE OF KEY” displayed on CONSULT-II screen.
SEL367X
SEL297W
NOTE:
If the initialization is not completed or fails, CONSULT-II shows above message on the screen.
Can the system be initialized and can the engine be started with re-registered NATS ignition key?
Yes © Ignition key ID was unregistered. Ref. part No. D
No © IMMU is malfunctioning.
Replace IMMU. Ref. part No. A
Perform initialization with CONSULT-II.
For initialization, refer to “CONSULT-II operation manual NATS”.
EL-458
NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)
Trouble Diagnoses/YD Engine Models without Common Rail and K9K Engine Models (Cont’d)
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 4 =NJEL0674S08
Self-diagnostic results:
“CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY” displayed on CONSULT-II screen GI
1 CONFIRM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Confirm SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS “CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY” displayed on CONSULT-II screen. MA
EM
LC
EC
SEL368X FE
Is CONSULT-II screen displayed as above?
Yes © GO TO 2. CL
No © GO TO SYMPTOM MATRIX CHART 1.
MT
2 CHECK NATS IGNITION KEY ID CHIP
Start engine with another registered NATS ignition key.
AT
Does the engine start?
Yes © Ignition key ID chip is malfunctioning.
Replace the ignition key.
AX
Ref. part No. E
Perform initialization with CONSULT-II.
For initialization, refer to “CONSULT-II Operation Manual NATS”. SU
No © Models without dongle unit
IMMU is malfunctioning. BR
Replace IMMU. Ref. part No. A
Perform initialization with CONSULT-II.
For initialization, refer to “CONSULT-II Operation Manual NATS”. ST
Models with dongle unit
GO TO 3.
RS
3 CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTION
Check harness connector connection between M31 and M102. BT
Does the engine start?
Yes © System is OK. (The malfunction is caused by improper connector connection.) HA
No © GO TO 4.
SC
IDX
EL-459
NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)
Trouble Diagnoses/YD Engine Models without Common Rail and K9K Engine Models (Cont’d)
SEL029X
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 5.
NG © Repair harness.
SEL030X
OK or NG
OK © Dongle unit is malfunctioning.
1. Replace dongle unit.
2. Perform initialization with CONSULT-II. For the initialization procedure, refer to “CON-
SULT-II operation manual NATS.
NG © Repair harness.
EL-460
NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)
Trouble Diagnoses/YD Engine Models without Common Rail and K9K Engine Models (Cont’d)
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 5 =NJEL0674S09
Self-diagnostic results:
“ID DISCORD, IMM-ECM” displayed on CONSULT-II screen GI
1 CONFIRM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Confirm SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS “ID DISCORD, IMM-ECM” displayed on CONSULT-II screen. MA
EM
LC
EC
SEL369X FE
NOTE:
“ID DISCORD IMMU-ECM”:
Registered ID of IMMU is in discord with that of ECM. CL
Is CONSULT-II screen displayed as above?
Yes © GO TO 2. MT
No © GO TO SYMPTOM MATRIX CHART 1.
AT
2 PERFORM INITIALIZATION WITH CONSULT-II
Perform initialization with CONSULT-II. Re-register all NATS ignition key IDs.
For initialization, refer to “CONSULT-II operation manual NATS”.
AX
SU
BR
ST
SEL297W
RS
NOTE:
If the initialization is not completed or fails, CONSULT-II shows above message on the screen.
BT
Can the system be initialized?
Yes © Start engine. (END)
(System initialization had not been completed. Ref. part No. B) HA
No © ECM is malfunctioning.
Replace ECM. Ref. part No. B SC
Perform initialization with CONSULT-II.
For initialization, refer to “CONSULT-II operation manual NATS”.
IDX
EL-461
NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)
Trouble Diagnoses/YD Engine Models without Common Rail and K9K Engine Models (Cont’d)
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 6 =NJEL0674S10
“SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP DOES NOT LIGHT UP”
1 CHECK FUSE
Check 10A fuse [No. 12, located in the fuse block (J/B)].
Is 10A fuse OK?
OK © GO TO 2.
NG © Replace fuse.
YEL809C
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 4.
NG © Check harness for open or short between fuse and combination meter.
EL-462
NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)
Trouble Diagnoses/YD Engine Models without Common Rail and K9K Engine Models (Cont’d)
EM
LC
YEL810C
OK or NG EC
OK © Check harness for open or short between security indicator lamp and IMMU.
NG © IMMU is malfunctioning.
Replace IMMU. Ref. part No. A
FE
Perform initialization with CONSULT-II.
For initialization, refer to “CONSULT-II operation manual NATS”.
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-463
NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)
Trouble Diagnoses/YD Engine Models without Common Rail and K9K Engine Models (Cont’d)
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 7 =NJEL0674S11
Self-diagnostic results:
“LOCK MODE” displayed on CONSULT-II screen
1 CONFIRM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Confirm SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS “LOCK MODE” is displayed on CONSULT-II screen.
SEL371X
EL-464
NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)
Trouble Diagnoses/YD Engine Models without Common Rail and K9K Engine Models (Cont’d)
MA
EM
LC
EC
SEL297W
NOTE:
If the initialization is not completed or fails, CONSULT-II shows the above message on the screen. FE
Can the system be initialized?
Yes © System is OK.
CL
No © GO TO 5.
MT
5 PERFORM INITIALIZATION WITH CONSULT-II AGAIN
1. Replace IMMU.
2. Perform initialization with CONSULT-II. AT
For initialization, refer to “CONSULT-II operation manual NATS”.
AX
SU
BR
ST
SEL297W
NOTE:
If the initialization is not completed or fails, CONSULT-II shows the above message on the screen. RS
Can the system be initialized?
Yes © System is OK. (IMMU is malfunctioning. Ref. part No. A) BT
No © ECM is malfunctioning.
Replace ECM. Ref. part No. B
Perform initialization with CONSULT-II. HA
For initialization, refer to “CONSULT-II operation manual NATS”.
SC
IDX
EL-465
NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)
Trouble Diagnoses/YD Engine Models without Common Rail and K9K Engine Models (Cont’d)
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 8 =NJEL0674S12
SEL029X
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 3.
NG © Repair harness.
SEL030X
OK or NG
OK © Dongle unit is malfunctioning.
1. Replace dongle unit.
2. Perform initialization with CONSULT-II. For the initialization procedure, refer to “CON-
SULT-II Operation Manual NATS”.
NG © Repair harness.
EL-466
NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)
How to Replace NATS IMMU
EM
SEL096WC LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-467
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
System Description
SEL684V
I Can detect the vehicle’s travel direction I Correct direction cannot be detected when
GPS antenna (GPS information)
(North/South/East/West). the vehicle speed is low.
MAP-MATCHING NJEL0592S03
Map-matching is a function that repositions the vehicle on the road
map when a new location is judged to be the most accurate. This
is done by comparing the current vehicle position, calculated by the
method described in the position detection principle, with the road
map data around the vehicle, read from the map DVD-ROM stored
in the DVD-ROM drive.
Therefore, the vehicle position may not be corrected after the
vehicle is driven over a certain distance or time in which GPS
information is hard to receive. In this case, the current-location
mark on the display must be corrected manually.
SEL685V
EL-468
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
System Description (Cont’d)
NOTE:
The road map data is based on data stored in the map DVD-ROM.
GI
MA
EM
LC
I In map-matching, alternative routes to reach the destination
will be shown and prioritized, after the road on which the
vehicle is currently driven has been judged and the current-lo- EC
cation mark has been repositioned.
If there is an error in distance and/or direction, the alternative
routes will be shown in different order of priority, and the wrong FE
road can be avoided.
If two roads are running in parallel, they are of the same pri-
ority. Therefore, the current-location mark may appear on CL
either of them alternately, depending on maneuvering of the
steering wheel and configuration of the road.
SEL686V
MT
I Map-matching does not function correctly when the road on
which the vehicle is driving is new and not recorded in the map AT
DVD-ROM, or when the road pattern stored in the map data
and the actual road pattern are different due to repair.
When driving on a road not present in the map, the map- AX
matching function may find another road and position the cur-
rent-location mark on it. Then, when the correct road is
detected, the current-location mark may leap to it. SU
I Effective range for comparing the vehicle position and travel
direction calculated by the distance and direction with the road
data read from the map DVD-ROM is limited. Therefore, when BR
SKIA0613E
there is an excessive gap between the current vehicle position
and the position on the map, correction by map-matching is not
possible. ST
RS
BT
HA
PKIA0248E
EL-470
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
System Description (Cont’d)
BIRDVIEWT =NJEL0592S06
The BIRDVIEWT provides a detailed and easily seen display of
road conditions covering the vehicle’s immediate to distant area. GI
MA
EM
LC
I MAP DISPLAY
EC
FE
CL
SKIA1377E
MT
I BIRDVIEWT
AT
AX
SU
BR
SKIA1378E
Description
I
NJEL0592S0601
Display area: Trapezoidal representation showing approximate
ST
distances (Wn, D, and Wd).
I Ten horizontal grid lines indicate display width while six verti- RS
cal grid lines indicate display depth and direction.
I Drawing line area shows open space, depth, and immediate
front area. Each area is to a scale of approximately 5:6:25. BT
I Pushing the “ZOOM IN” button during operation displays the
scale change and the view point height on the left side of the
screen. HA
The height of the view point increases or decreases when
“ZOOM” or “WIDE” is selected with the joystick.
SC
IDX
SEL691V
EL-471
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
System Description (Cont’d)
MAP DISPLAY NJEL0592S07
Function of each icon is as follows:
1. Azimuth indication.
2. Position marker.
− The tip of the arrow shows the current position. The shaft of
the arrow indicates the direction in which the vehicle is travel-
ing.
3. GPS reception signal (indicates current reception conditions).
4. Distance display (shows the distance in a reduced scale).
SKIA1379E
SKIA1623E
I Expert Mode
SKIA1381E
Point of Interest
× × The destination of favorite facility can be searched.
(POI)
Previous Dest. × The previous ten destinations stored in memory are displayed.
EL-472
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
System Description (Cont’d)
Display With Pushed “ROUTE” Switch NJEL0592S0802
I Easy Mode
GI
MA
EM
SKIA1382E LC
I Expert Mode
EC
FE
CL
SKIA1383E
MT
The Function of Each Icon Is as Follows:
MODE
AT
Icon Description
Easy Expert
AX
The selected facility is set as the destination or waypoint.
Quick Stop × ×
(Route guidance has been turned OFF or the destination has been reached)
IDX
SKIA1384E
EL-473
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
System Description (Cont’d)
The Function of Each Icon Is as Follows:
Icon Description
Sound quality can be adjusted, and also ON/OFF setting of switch beep sound can be performed.
Audio
Noise Compensation ON/OFF setting can be performed.
Navigation Expert Mode Easy Mode and Expert Mode can be switched.
Guidance Volume The volume and/or on/off of voice prompt can be controlled by the joystick.
SKIA1399E
SKIA1385E
Application Items
Reference
Icon Description
page
Heading of the map display can be customized for either north heading or
Heading EL-475
the actual driving direction of the vehicle.
Save Current Location Current vehicle location can be registered in Address Book. EL-476
EL-474
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
System Description (Cont’d)
Reference
Icon Description
page
GI
Edit Address Book Address Book can be edited. EL-476
Clear Memory Address Book, Previous destination or Avoid area can be deleted. EL-476
MA
Auto Re-route ON/OFF ON/OFF of Auto Re-route can be switched. EL-476
Quick Stop Customer Setting One facility of your selection can be added to your Quick Stop. EL-476
EM
Set Average speed for Estimated Average vehicle speed can be set to calibrate estimated journey time for the
EL-477
Journey Time destination.
LC
The GPS data includes longitude, latitude and altitude (distance above sea
level) of the present vehicle position, and current date and time for the area
GPS Information in which the vehicle is being driven. EL-477
Also indicated are the GPS reception conditions and the GPS satellite posi-
EC
tion.
BR
SKIA0554E
“HEADING” MODE
I To display North up, select “North up”.
NJEL0592S10 ST
I To display the car heading up, select “Heading up”.
RS
BT
HA
SKIA0561E
IDX
SKIA1394E
EL-475
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
System Description (Cont’d)
“SAVE CURRENT LOCATION” MODE NJEL0592S12
I The current vehicle location can be registered in “Address
Book”.
NOTE:
“Address Book” can store 50 items max.
SKIA1388E
SKIA0560E
SKIA0566E
SKIA0558E
SKIA1389E
EL-476
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
System Description (Cont’d)
“SET AVERAGE SPEED FOR ESTIMATED JOURNEY
TIME” MODE NJEL0592S17
I Set the average vehicle speed to calibrate the estimated jour- GI
ney time for the destination.
I Set three items; “Freeway”, “Main Roads”, and “Ordinary
Roads”. MA
EM
SKIA1397E LC
“GPS INFORMATION” MODE NJEL0592S18
I Latitude, longitude, altitude, astrometric state, and satellite EC
location are displayed as GPS information.
NOTE:
Altitude is displayed only in three-dimensional status. FE
CL
SKIA0555E
MT
“TRACKING” MODE NJEL0592S19
I To leave no trail on the map, select “Off”. AT
I To leave a trail in the map, select “On”.
NOTE: AX
When a trail display is turned OFF, trail data is erased from the
memory.
SU
BR
SKIA0559E
BT
HA
SKIA1395E
IDX
SKIA1396E
EL-477
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
System Description (Cont’d)
GUIDE VOLUME SETTING NJEL0592S21
Description NJEL0592S2101
Following voice guidance setting can be changed.
SKIA1400E
LC
Component Parts Location NJEL0594
For details, refer to “ELECTRICAL UNIT LOCATION” (EL-726) and EC
“HARNESS LAYOUT” (EL-732).
FE
CL
MT
Location of Antenna NJEL0595
For detail, refer to “ELECTRICAL UNIT LOCATION” (EL-728). AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-479
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
Schematic
Schematic NJEL0596
YEL563E
EL-480
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
SMA for VIN >SJNxxAN16U0522332 Wiring Diagram — NAVI —
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL564E
EL-481
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
Wiring Diagram — NAVI — (Cont’d)
YEL273F
EL-482
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
Wiring Diagram — NAVI — (Cont’d)
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL178E
EL-483
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
Wiring Diagram — NAVI — (Cont’d)
YEL566E
EL-484
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
Wiring Diagram — NAVI — (Cont’d)
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL567E
EL-485
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
Wiring Diagram — COMM —
YEL738D
EL-486
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
Wiring Diagram — COMM — (Cont’d)
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL551E
EL-487
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
Terminals and Reference Value for AV and NAVI Control Unit
Illumination
5 (BR) ground — ON — Approx. 0V —
ground
SKIA0171J
Shield
9(B) — — — — — —
ground
Vertical
Superimposed
11 (B) 17 synchroniz- Input ON —
screen is rolling.
ing signal
SKIA0161E
SKIA0162E
Select“ Display” in
Horizontal “Setting” mode and Superimposed
13 (BR) 17 synchroniz- Input ON display the rear- screen is not
ing signal view picture on the shown.
screen.
SKIA0163E
EL-488
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
Terminals and Reference Value for AV and NAVI Control Unit (Cont’d)
RGB syn- EM
Press the “MAP” RGB screen is
15 (G) 17 chronizing Output ON
switch. rolling.
signal
LC
SKIA0164E
RGB
EC
17 ground — ON — Approx. 0V —
Ground
FE
Select “SCREEN
ADJUSTMENT” of
18 (Y) 17
RGB signal
Output ON CONFIRMATION/
RGB screen looks CL
(R: red) bluish.
ADJUSTMENT
function.
SKIA0165E
MT
Select “SCREEN
AT
ADJUSTMENT” of
RGB signal RGB screen looks
21 (W) 17 Output ON CONFIRMATION/
(G: green)
ADJUSTMENT
reddish. AX
function.
SKIA0166E
SU
Select “SCREEN BR
ADJUSTMENT” of
RGB signal RGB screen looks
24 (L) 17 Output ON CONFIRMATION/
(B: blue) yellowish.
ADJUSTMENT ST
function.
SKIA0167E
RS
Lighting switch ON Screen does not
Illumination Battery voltage
25 (position 1 or 2) switch between
ground control sig- Input ON BT
(R/G) daytime mode and
nal
Lighting switch OFF Approx. 0V nighttime mode.
A/C operation is HA
not possible.
Ignition sig-
27 (Y/G) ground Input ON — Battery voltage Vehicle informa-
nal
tion setting is not
possible.
SC
Shield
31 — — — — — —
ground
EL-489
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
Terminals and Reference Value for AV and NAVI Control Unit (Cont’d)
Navigation cur-
Vehicle
When vehicle speed rent-location mark
speed sig-
33 (L/B) ground Input ON is approx. 40 km/h does not indicate
nal
(25 MPH) the correct posi-
(2-pulse)
tion.
ELF1080D
Clock cannot be
Communi-
adjusted.
cation sig- Display the vehicle
34 (R) ground Output ON Vehicle informa-
nal (AV - information screen.
tion screen is not
ME)
shown.
SKIA0169E
Clock cannot be
Communi-
Perform various set- adjusted.
cation sig-
35 (G) ground Input ON tings on the vehicle Vehicle informa-
nal (ME -
information screen. tion screen is not
AV)
shown.
SKIA0170E
Shield
40 — — — — — —
ground
A/C com-
munication A/C operation is
43 (L/R) ground Output ON —
signal (AV - not possible.
AC)
SKIA0172E
A/C com-
munication A/C status is not
44 (L/W) ground Input ON —
signal (AV - indicated correctly.
AC)
SKIA0173E
SKIA0174E
EL-490
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
Terminals and Reference Value for AV and NAVI Control Unit (Cont’d)
Shield MA
46 (B) — — — — — —
ground
EM
Communi- LC
Input/ System does not
47 (R) ground cation sig- ON —
output work properly.
nal (+)
EC
SKIA0175E
FE
Communi-
Input/ System does not CL
48 (G) ground cation sig- ON —
output work properly.
nal (-)
MT
SKIA0176E
Connector is not
Navigation system AT
66 67 GPS signal Input ON Approx. 5 V GPS correction is
connected.
not possible.
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-491
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
Terminals and Reference Value for Display
Terminal No.
Signal Condition
(wire color) Example of
Item input/ Voltage
Ignition symptom
(+) (−) output Operation
switch
Select “SCREEN
RGB signal ADJUSTMENT” of RGB screen
1 (Y) 4 Input ON
(R: red) CONFIRMATION/ looks bluish.
ADJUSTMENT function.
SKIA0165E
Select “SCREEN
RGB signal ADJUSTMENT” of RGB screen
2 (W) 4 Input ON
(G: green) CONFIRMATION/ looks reddish.
ADJUSTMENT function.
SKIA0166E
Select “SCREEN
RGB signal ADJUSTMENT” of RGB screen
3 (L) 4 Input ON
(B: blue) CONFIRMATION/ looks yellowish.
ADJUSTMENT function.
SKIA0167E
Shield
4 — — — — — —
ground
SKIA0163E
Vertical syn-
Superimposed
6 (B) 4 chronizing Output ON —
screen is rolling.
signal
SKIA0161E
RGB syn-
RGB screen is
7 (G) 4 chronizing Input ON Press the “MAP” switch.
rolling.
signal
SKIA0164E
EL-492
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
Terminals and Reference Value for Display (Cont’d)
Terminal No.
Signal Condition
(wire color) Example of
Item input/ Voltage
symptom
GI
output Ignition
(+) (−) Operation
switch
MA
EM
RGB area RGB screen is
8 (R) 4 Input ON Press the “info” switch.
signal not shown.
LC
SKIA0162E
EC
Communica- FE
12 Input/ System does not
ground tion signal ON —
(W) output work properly.
(-)
CL
SKIA0176E
MT
Communica- AT
Input/ System does not
13 (B) ground tion signal ON —
output work properly.
(+)
AX
SKIA0175E
Shield
SU
14 — — — — — —
ground
21 (Y)
ground
Battery
Input OFF — Battery voltage
Screen is not ST
23 (Y) power shown.
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-493
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
Terminals and Reference Value for Multifunction Switch
Terminal No.
Signal Condition
(wire color) Example of
Item input/ Voltage
Ignition symptom
(+) (−) output Operation
switch
All operations
1 (B) ground Ground — ON — —
do not work.
Multifunction
Illumination Illumination control switch
Changes between approx. 0 Switch illumi-
2 (BR) ground control sig- Input ON is operated by lighting
and approx. 12V. nation cannot
nal switch in 1st position.
be controlled.
All operations
6 (P) ground ACC Input ACC — Battery voltage
do not work.
SKIA0175E
SKIA0176E
15 Shield
ground — ON — — —
16 ground
EL-494
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
Self-Diagnosis Function
Angle adjustment
Corrects difference between actual turning angle of a vehicle and turning SU
angle of the car mark on the display.
Navigation
Corrects difference between the current-location mark on the display and
Distance adjustment
actual position of the vehicle. BR
Location memorized by AV and NAVI control unit can be initialized in this
Initialize Location
mode. ST
Service Service schedule can be changed in this mode.
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-495
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
Self-Diagnosis Mode
SKIA0381E
SKIA0382E
SKIA1403E
SKIA1404E
EL-496
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
Self-Diagnosis Mode (Cont’d)
8. Select a switch on the “Self-diagnosis” screen and comments
for the diagnosis results will be shown.
I When the switch is green, the following comment will be GI
shown. “Self-diagnosis was successful. Further diagnosis and
adjustments are recommended. Follow the “confirmation and
adjustments” menu or refer to the service manual”. MA
I When the switch is yellow, the following comment will be
shown. “Connection to the following unit is abnormal. See the
service manual for further details”. EM
I When the switch is red, the following comment will be shown.
“Center Control Unit is abnormal”.
SKIA1516E LC
I When the switch is gray, the following comment will be shown.
“Self-diagnosis for DVD-ROM DRIVER of NAVI was not con-
ducted because no DVD-ROM was available”. EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-497
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
Self-Diagnosis Mode (Cont’d)
DIAGNOSIS CHART =NJEL0603S02
1. Find applicable diagnosis number from chart.
2. Find possible causes from diagnosis number chart. Perform
check with Wiring Diagram — COMM —.
3. Turn ignition switch ON, then perform self-diagnosis again.
Screen switch
Diagnosis No.
Switch color Control unit Display Audio unit CD auto changer GPS antenna
Red × Diagnosis 1
Gray × Diagnosis 2
× Diagnosis 3
× Diagnosis 4
× × Diagnosis 5
Yellow
× × × Diagnosis 6
× Diagnosis 7
× × Diagnosis 8
CAUTION:
If multifunction switch is malfunctioning, self-diagnosis mode
cannot be started.
DIAGNOSIS NUMBER CHART NJEL0603S03
Diagnosis 2 AV and NAVI control unit determines that no map DVD-ROM is inserted.
“DVD-ROM or DVD-ROM driver in control unit is malfunctioning. Follow maintenance procedures to diagnose.” is
Diagnosis 4
displayed: Perform check as described in Diagnosis 3.
Diagnosis 7 CD auto changer power supply and ground circuit, Communication line between CD auto changer and audio unit
EL-498
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
Confirmation/Adjustment Mode
FE
CL
SKIA0381E
MT
5. When “CONFIRMATION/ADJUSTMENT” is selected on the
initial trouble diagnosis screen, the operation will enter the AT
CONFIRMATION/ADJUSTMENT mode. In this mode, check
and adjustment of each item will become possible.
6. Select each switch on “CONFIRMATION/ADJUSTMENT” AX
screen to display the relevant diagnosis screen.
SU
BR
SKIA1405E
DISPLAY NJEL0604S02 ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
SKIA0362E
EL-499
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
Confirmation/Adjustment Mode (Cont’d)
the color bar will change as follows.
R (red) signal error: Screen looks bluish
G (green) signal error: Screen looks yellowish
B (blue) signal error: Screen looks reddish
I When the color of the screen looks unusual, EL-516, Color of
RGB Image Is Not Proper.
SKIA1406E
ON Lighting switch ON
Lights —
OFF Lighting switch OFF
ON Ignition switch ON
IGN —
OFF Ignition switch ACC or OFF
NAVIGATION NJEL0604S04
Display Longitude & Latitude NJEL0604S0401
I Adjust the pointer with using the joystick and touch “Set”.
SKIA1616E
EL-500
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
Confirmation/Adjustment Mode (Cont’d)
I The longitude and latitude are displayed.
GI
MA
EM
SKIA1617E LC
Angle Adjustment NJEL0604S0402
I Adjusts turning angle output detected by the gyroscope. EC
FE
CL
SKIA1517E
MT
Speed Calibration NJEL0604S0403
I During normal driving, distance error caused by tire wear and AT
tire pressure change is automatically adjusted for by the auto-
matic distance correction function. This function, on the other
hand, is for immediate adjustment, in cases such as driving AX
with tire chain fitted on tires.
SU
BR
SKIA0365E
Initialize Location
Description
NJEL0604S0404 ST
I Location data for GPS in the Center control unit is initialized in
Europe by this mode. Then it is possible for Center control unit RS
to receive GPS signals for short time.
BT
HA
IDX
SKIA1618E
EL-501
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
Confirmation/Adjustment Mode (Cont’d)
2. A message “Please wait.” is displayed and then backs to
another display of “Confirmation/Adjustment” mode.
NOTE:
I To continue GPS initialized operation, operate as follows back
to “Map” screen.
− Push “BACK” button twice.
− Push “MAP” button.
I After above operation, GPS indicator changes to green color
within half a minute, unless improper GPS located condition.
I This operation should be performed in outside field.
SKIA1619E
HISTORY OF ERRORS NJEL0604S05
SKIA1518E
EL-502
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
Confirmation/Adjustment Mode (Cont’d)
History of Errors), then turn the ignition switch from OFF to ON to
reproduce the malfunction. Check the History of Errors to find the
items which show an increased number of occurrences, and diag- GI
nose the item.
Possible causes
Error item Example of symptom MA
Action/symptom
EL-503
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
Confirmation/Adjustment Mode (Cont’d)
Possible causes
Error item Example of symptom
Action/symptom
SERVICE NJEL0604S08
I To set Service schedule, change Journey distance with joy-
stick. At the same time, the marker of journey distance will be
moved.
SKIA1621E
SKIA1622E
EL-504
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
Power Supply and Ground Circuit Check
1 CHECK FUSE GI
Check that the following fuses of the AV and NAVI control unit are not blown.
MA
EM
LC
MTBL1516
OK or NG
EC
OK © GO TO 2.
NG © If fuse is blown, be sure to eliminate case of problem before installing new fuse. EL-12,
“POWER SUPPLY ROUTING”. FE
AT
AX
SU
YEL375F
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
MTBL1877
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 3.
NG © Check harness for open or short between AV and NAVI control unit and fuse. IDX
EL-505
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
Power Supply and Ground Circuit Check (Cont’d)
YEL491E
Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK © INSPECTION END
NG © Repair or replace harness.
EL-506
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
Check Display Unit, Multifunction Switch Power, and Ground Circuit
EM
LC
MTBL1518
OK or NG
EC
OK © GO TO 2.
NG © Replace the fuse.
FE
2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT INSPECTION
1. Disconnect display unit or multifunction switch connector.
CL
2. Check voltage between as following unit and ground.
MT
AT
AX
SU
MKIB0259E
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
MTBL1878
SC
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 3.
NG © Check display unit or multifunction switch power circuit harness.
IDX
EL-507
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
Check Display Unit, Multifunction Switch Power, and Ground Circuit (Cont’d)
YEL487E
MTBL1520
OK or NG
OK © INSPECTION END
NG © Repair or replace ground circuit harness of display unit or multifunction switch.
EL-508
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
Vehicle Speed Signal Check
1 HARNESS CHECK GI
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect AV and NAVI control unit connector and combination meter connector.
3. Check continuity AV and NAVI control unit and combination meter. MA
4. Check continuity AV and NAVI control unit harness connector terminal 33 (L/B) and ground.
EM
LC
EC
FE
YEL376F
CL
MT
AT
MTBL1879
OK or NG
AX
OK © GO TO 2.
NG © Repair or replace harness.
SU
2 VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL CHECK 1
1. Connect AV and NAVI control unit connector and combination meter connector. BR
2. Turn the ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between AV and NAVI control unit harness connector M96 terminal 33 (L/B) and ground.
Approx. 3.5 V or more. ST
RS
BT
HA
SKIA1411E SC
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 3.
NG © Replace AV and NAVI control unit.
IDX
EL-509
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
Vehicle Speed Signal Check (Cont’d)
YEL295E
3. Check voltage signal between AV and NAVI control unit and ground with oscilloscope or CONSULT-ll.
33 (L/B)-ground:
EL-488, “Terminals and Reference Value for AV and NAVI Control Unit”
OK or NG
OK © Replace AV and NAVI control unit.
NG © Check combination meter system. EL-134, “Combination Meter Self-Diagnosis”.
SKIA1412E
MTBL1774
OK or NG
OK © Replace AV and NAVI control unit.
NG © Check harness for open or short between AV and NAVI control unit and combination
switch.
EL-510
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
Illumination Control Signal Check (Cont’d)
MA
EM
LC
EC
YEL377F
Continuity should exist.
OK or NG FE
OK © Replace AV and NAVI control unit.
NG © Repair or replace harness. CL
MT
Ignition Signal Check NJEL0609
AT
1 IGNITION SIGNAL CHECK
1. Disconnect the AV and NAVI control unit connector.
2. Turn the ignition switch ON. AX
3. Check voltage between AV and NAVI control unit and ground.
SU
BR
ST
RS
SKIA1413E
BT
HA
SC
MTBL1523
OK or NG
OK © Replace AV and NAVI control unit.
NG © Check harness between AV and NAVI control unit and fuse. IDX
EL-511
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
Reverse Signal Check
SKIA1414E
MTBL1775
OK or NG
OK © Replace AV and NAVI control unit.
NG © Check harness between AV and NAVI control unit and back-up lamp switch.
EL-512
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
RGB Screen Is Not Shown
1 HARNESS CHECK GI
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect AV and NAVI control unit connector and Display connector.
3. Check continuity between AV and NAVI control unit and Display. MA
EM
LC
EC
YEL296E FE
CL
MT
AT
MTBL1525
4. Check continuity between AV and NAVI control unit and ground.
AX
SU
MTBL1526
BR
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 2. ST
NG © I Repair harness.
I Check connector housings for disconnected or loose terminals. RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-513
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
RGB Screen Is Not Shown (Cont’d)
YEL297E
13 (BR)-17: EL-488, “Terminals and Reference Value for AV and NAVI Control Unit”
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 3.
NG © Replace the display unit.
YEL298E
12 (R)-17: EL-488, “Terminals and Reference Value for AV and NAVI Control Unit”
OK or NG
OK © Replace the display unit.
NG © Replace AV and NAVI control unit.
EL-514
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
No Screens Appear
1 CHECK SYMPTOM GI
Check possibility to operate air conditioning and audio unit by multifunction switch.
OK or NG MA
OK © GO TO 2.
NG © EL-533, “System Does Not Start”.
EM
2 DISPLAY UNIT POWER SYSTEM HARNESS CHECK
LC
Check voltage between Display unit and ground. EL-507, “Check Display Unit, Multifunction Switch Power, and Ground
Circuit”.
OK or NG EC
OK © Replace the display unit.
NG © Repair or replace display unit power system harness. FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-515
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
Color of RGB Image Is Not Proper
2 HARNESS CHECK-1
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect AV and NAVI control unit connector and Display connector.
3. Check continuity between AV and NAVI control unit and Display.
4. Check continuity between AV and NAVI control unit and ground.
I When the screen looks bluish
YEL299E
MTBL1527
MTBL1528
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 3.
NG © Repair or replace harness between AV and NAVI control unit and display.
EL-516
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
Color of RGB Image Is Not Proper (Cont’d)
3 HARNESS CHECK-2
1. Check continuity between AV and NAVI control unit and ground. GI
I When the screen looks reddish
MA
EM
LC
EC
YEL300E
FE
CL
MT
MTBL1529
AT
AX
MTBL1530 SU
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 4. BR
NG © Repair or replace harness between AV and NAVI control unit and display.
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-517
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
Color of RGB Image Is Not Proper (Cont’d)
4 HARNESS CHECK-3
1. Check continuity between AV and NAVI control unit and ground.
I When the screen looks yellowish
YEL301E
MTBL1531
MTBL1532
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 5.
NG © Repair or replace harness between AV and NAVI control unit and display.
EL-518
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
Color of RGB Image Is Not Proper (Cont’d)
MA
EM
LC
YEL302E EC
2. Turn the ignition switch ON.
3. Display “Color bar” by “CONFIRMATION/ADJUSTMENT” mode.
4. Check voltage signal between AV and NAVI control unit terminals 18, 21, 24 and 17 with oscilloscope or CONSULT-ll. FE
I When the screen looks bluish
CL
MT
MTBL1533 AT
I When the screen looks reddish
AX
SU
BR
MTBL1534
I When the screen looks yellowish
ST
RS
BT
MTBL1535
OK or NG HA
OK © Replace the display unit.
NG © Replace AV and NAVI control unit. SC
IDX
EL-519
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
RGB Screen Is Rolling
YEL303E
MTBL1536
4. Check continuity between AV and NAVI control unit and ground.
MTBL1537
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 2.
NG © Repair or replace harness between AV and NAVI control unit and dispaly.
EL-520
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
RGB Screen Is Rolling (Cont’d)
EM
LC
EC
YEL304E
15 (G)-17: EL-488 , “Terminals and Reference Value for AV and NAVI Control Unit” FE
OK or NG
OK © Replace the display unit.
CL
NG © Replace AV and NAVI control unit.
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-521
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
Guide Sound Is Not Heard
2 HARNESS CHECK
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect AV and NAVI control unit connector and Audio unit connector.
3. Check continuity between AV and NAVI control unit and Audio unit.
YEL305E
MTBL1538
4. Check continuity between AV and NAVI control unit and ground.
MTBL1539
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 3.
NG © Repair or replace harness between AV and NAVI control unit and display.
EL-522
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
Guide Sound Is Not Heard (Cont’d)
EM
LC
EC
YEL306E
FE
CL
MT
MTBL1540
AT
OK or NG
OK © Replace Audio unit.
AX
NG © Replace AV and NAVI control unit.
SU
BR
2 CHECK SYMPTOM SC
Turn ignition switch to ACC position. Is screen changed to audio control screen when CD is inserted?
Switches. © GO TO 3.
Does not switch. © GO TO 5.
IDX
EL-523
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
Multifunction Switch Controls Are Ineffective (Rear Defogger Control Excluded) (Cont’d)
3 HARNESS CHECK
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect multifunction switch connector and Audio unit connector.
3. Check continuity between multifunction switch and Audio unit.
YEL845D
MTBL1541
4. Check continuity between multifunction switch harness connector M97 terminals 11 (L), 13 (P) and ground.
Continuity should not exist.
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 4.
NG © Check connector housings for disconnected or loose terminals.
YEL307E
2. Check voltage signal between multifunction switch harness connector M97 terminals 11 (L), 13 (P) and ground.
11 (L), 13 (P) - ground:
EL-494, “Terminals and Reference Value for Multifunction Switch”
OK or NG
OK © Replace audio unit.
NG © Replace multifunction switch.
EL-524
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
Multifunction Switch Controls Are Ineffective (Rear Defogger Control Excluded) (Cont’d)
5 HARNESS CHECK
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. GI
MA
EM
LC
YEL308E EC
2. Disconnect AV and NAVI control unit connector and Audio unit connector.
3. Check continuity between AV and NAVI control unit and Audio unit.
FE
CL
MT
AT
MTBL1542
4. Check continuity between terminals 47, 48 and 46.
AX
SU
BR
ST
SKIA1429E
RS
BT
HA
MTBL1543
OK or NG SC
OK © GO TO 6.
NG © Check connector housings for disconnected or loose terminals.
IDX
EL-525
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
Multifunction Switch Controls Are Ineffective (Rear Defogger Control Excluded) (Cont’d)
YEL309E
2. Check voltage signal between AV and NAVI control unit terminals 47 (R), 48 (G) and ground.
47 (R), 48 (G)-ground:
EL-488, “Terminals and Reference Value for AV and NAVI Control Unit”
OK or NG
OK © Replace audio unit.
NG © Replace AV and NAVI control unit.
EL-526
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
Air Conditioning Controls (Only) Are Ineffective (Rear Defogger Control Excluded)
LC
EC
FE
SKIA1431E
CL
MT
AT
AX
MTBL1544
4. Check continuity between AV and NAVI control unit and ground.
SU
BR
MTBL1545 ST
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 2. RS
NG © I Repair or replace harness between A/C auto amp. and AV and NAVI control unit.
I Check connector housings for disconnected or loose terminals.
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-527
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
Air Conditioning Controls (Only) Are Ineffective (Rear Defogger Control Excluded) (Cont’d)
SKIA1432E
MTBL1546
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 3.
NG © Replace A/C AUTO AMP.
YEL310E
MTBL1547
OK or NG
OK © Replace A/C auto amplifier.
NG © Replace AV and NAVI control unit.
EL-528
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
No Fuel Information Is Displayed/No Warning Message Is Displayed
EM
LC
MTBL1549
© GO TO 2.
EC
2 HARNESS CHECK
FE
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect connectors of combination meter and AV and NAVI control unit.
3. Check continuity between AV and NAVI control unit and combination meter.
CL
MT
AT
AX
YEL378F
SU
BR
ST
MTBL1550
RS
4. Check continuity between AV and NAVI control unit and ground.
BT
HA
MTBL1880 SC
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 3.
NG © I Repair or replace harness between AV and NAVI control unit and combination meter.
I Check connector housings for disconnected or loose terminals.
IDX
EL-529
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
No Fuel Information Is Displayed/No Warning Message Is Displayed (Cont’d)
YEL311E
MTBL1552
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 4.
NG © Replace AV and NAVI control unit.
YEL312E
35 (G)- ground:
EL-488, “Terminals and Reference Value for AV and NAVI Control Unit”
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 5.
NG © Check combination meter system. EL-134, “Combination Meter Self-Diagnosis”.
EL-530
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
No Fuel Information Is Displayed/No Warning Message Is Displayed (Cont’d)
MA
EM
LC
EC
YEL377F
Continuity should exist.
OK or NG FE
OK © Replace AV and NAVI control unit.
NG © Repair or replace harness. CL
MT
Previous Conditions Are Not Stored NJEL0621
AT
1 BATTERY POWER CHECK
I Check AV and NAVI control unit battery power.
Refer to EL-505, “Power Supply and Ground Circuit Check”. AX
OK or NG
OK © Replace AV and NAVI control unit. SU
NG © Check AV and NAVI control unit battery power system harness.
BR
1 SELF-DIAGNOSIS
RS
I “Self-diagnosis mode” of the self-diagnosis function EL-496, “Self-Diagnosis Mode”.
OK or NG
BT
OK © GO TO 2.
NG © Check the applicable parts.
HA
2 HISTORY OF ERRORS DIAGNOSIS
I Was any error stored in EL-502, “HISTORY OF ERRORS” of the CONFIRMATION/ADJUSTMENT mode?
SC
Yes or No
Yes © EL-502, “DIAGNOSIS BY HISTORY OF ERRORS”.
No © EL-536, “Driving Test”.
IDX
EL-531
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
Radio Wave From The GPS Satellite Is Not Received
1 ENVIRONMENT CHECK
I Check if any metal object that intercepts radio waves or an object that emits radio waves (such as a portable phone) is
located near the GPS antenna. Check if the vehicle is shielded by a building.
OK or NG
OK © I System is normal.
The GPS antenna may not be able to receive radio waves from the GPS satellite if it
is shielded by metal object or an object emitting radio waves is placed near it.
NG © GO TO 2.
2 SELF-DIAGNOSIS
I Refer to EL-496, “Self-Diagnosis Mode”.
OK or NG
OK © Replace GPS antenna.
NG © Check the applicable parts.
1 CHECK SYMPTOM
Do other systems operate properly?
Do operate. © Replace the display unit.
Do not operate. © Check the problem again.
EL-532
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
On Multifunction Switch, a Specific Switch Does Not Operate in All Conditions
EM
LC
Driving Information Is Inaccurate. Maintenance
Information Is Inaccurate NJEL0627
EC
1 VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL INSPECTION
Check vehicle speed signal. EL-509, “Vehicle Speed Signal Check”. FE
OK or NG
OK © Replace AV and NAVI control unit. CL
NG © Check combination meter system. EL-134, “Combination Meter Self-Diagnosis”
MT
System Does Not Start NJEL0628
AT
1 INSPECT POWER SYSTEM
Inspect power system of AV and NAVI control unit. EL-505 , “Power Supply and Ground Circuit Check”.
AX
OK or NG
OK © Replace AV and NAVI control unit.
NG © Malfunction in power system of AV and NAVI control unit
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-533
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
The Current Position Mark Is in the Wrong Place
2 SELF-DIAGNOSIS
I Perform EL-496 , “Self-Diagnosis Mode”.
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 3.
NG © Check the applicable parts.
EL-534
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
The Current-Location Mark Will Not Move Forward/Backward
CL
MT
The Position of the Current-Location Mark Is
Not Correct AT
NJEL0631
Inspection procedure
1 SELF-DIAGNOSIS AX
I EL-499, “Operation Procedure” in “Self-Diagnosis Mode.”
OK or NG SU
OK © GO TO 2.
NG © Check the applicable parts. BR
HA
SC
IDX
EL-535
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
Driving Test
1 DRIVING TEST 1
1. Scroll the map screen to display the area to make correction. Press “ENTER” and select “CURRENT LOCATION COR-
RECTION”.
2. Correct direction of the vehicle mark.
3. Perform the distance correction of the CONFIRMATION/ADJUSTMENT mode.
NOTE:
Normally, adjustment is not necessary because this system has automatic distance correction function. However, when
a tire chain is fitted, adjustment in accordance with the tire diameter ratio must be made.
4. Are symptoms applicable to the EL-537, “Example of Symptoms Judged Not Abnormal” present after driving the
vehicle?
Yes or No
Yes © Limit of the location detection capacity of the navigation system
No © GO TO 2.
2 DRIVING TEST 2
I Did any problem occur when the proper test in the following test patterns is performed?
I Test pattern
Driving test finds the difference between the symptoms monitored with and without each sensor.
– Test pattern 1: Test method with no GPS location correction
Disconnect the GPS antenna connector connected to the AV and NAVI control unit. Accurately adjust the current posi-
tion and the direction, then drive the vehicle.
– Test pattern 2: Test method with no map-matching
Accurately adjust the current position and the direction. Eject the map DVD-ROM from the AV and NAVI control unit
with the ignition switch turned to OFF, then drive the vehicle. After driving, insert the map DVD-ROM back in the unit,
display the track of the vehicle on the map screen and compare it with the actual road configuration.
I Sample tests
– <To determine if the current-location mark skips at the same position, if so, whether it is caused by map-matching or
by GPS>
Perform test pattern 1.
– <To determine if the pattern of streets displayed is correct or not>
Perform test pattern 1 & 2.
Compare the track of the vehicle on the map screen and the actual road configuration. For fairly accurate tracking,
plotting shall be made every several hundred meters.
– <When the distance is adjusted accurately>
Perform test pattern 1 & 2.
Drive on a road of which distance is accurately known (by utilizing distance posts on a highway). Calculate the rate of
change (increased/decreased) of the distance by comparing with the actual distance.
Correction = A/B
A: Distance shown on the screen
B: Actual distance
Yes or No
Yes © I If adjustment is insufficient, perform adjustment again.
I If any error is found in the map, please let us know.
I Replace AV and NAVI control unit
No © Limit of the location detection capacity of the navigation system
EL-536
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
Example of Symptoms Judged Not Abnormal
No image is shown. Display brightness adjustment is set fully to Adjust the display brightness. MA
DARK side.
No guide sound is heard. Volume control is set to OFF, MIN or MAX. Adjust the audio guide volume.
Audio guide volume is too low or EM
too high. Audio guidance is not available while the vehicle System is not malfunction.
is driving on a dark pink route.
Screen is too dark. Temperature inside the vehicle is low. Wait until the temperature inside the vehicle LC
Motion of the image is too slow. reaches the proper temperature.
Small black or bright spots Symptom peculiar to a liquid crystal display. System is not malfunction. EC
appear on the screen.
Map screen and BIRDVIEWT Some thinning of the character data is done to System is not malfunction. CL
Name of the place vary with the prevent the display becoming to complex. In
screen. some cases and in some locations, the display
contents may differ. MT
The same place name, street name, etc. may
not be displayed every time on account of the
data processing. AT
Vehicle mark is not positioned Vehicle is transferred by ferry or by towing after Drive the vehicle for a while in the GPS sat-
correctly. its ignition switch is turned to OFF. ellite signal receiving condition.
AX
Screen will not switch to night- The daytime screen is selected by the “SWITCH Perform screen dimming and select the
time mode after the lighting SCREENS” when the last time the screen dim- nighttime screen by “SWITCH SCREENS”.
switch is turned ON. ming setting is done. SU
Switching between daytime/nighttime screen
may be inhibited by the automatic illumination
adjustment function.
BR
Map screen will not scroll in Current location is not displayed. Press “MAP” switch to display the current
accordance with the vehicle location.
travel. ST
Vehicle mark will not be shown. Current location is not displayed. Press “MAP” switch to display the current
location.
RS
Accuracy indicator (GPS satellite GPS satellite signal is intercepted because the Move the vehicle out to an open space.
mark) on the map screen stays vehicle is in or behind a building.
gray. BT
GPS signal cannot be received because some- Do not place anything on driver’s side
thing is placed on driver’s side instrument panel. instrument panel.
GPS satellites are located badly. Wait until the location becomes better. HA
Vehicle location accuracy is low. Accuracy indicator (GPS satellite mark) on the Current location is not determined.
map screen stays gray. SC
Vehicle speed setting by the vehicle speed pulse Drive the vehicle for a while [for approx. 30
has been deviated (advanced or retarded) from minutes at approx. 30 km/h(19 MPH)] and
the actual vehicle speed because tire chain is the deviation will be automatically adjusted.
fitted or the system has been used on another If advancement or retard still occur, perform
vehicle. the distance adjustment by
CONFIRMATION/ADJUSTMENT mode of IDX
diagnosis function.
Map data has error or omission. (Vehicle mark is As a rule, an updated map DVD-ROM will
always deviated to the same position.) be released once a year.
EL-537
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
Example of Symptoms Judged Not Abnormal (Cont’d)
DESTINATION, PASSING POINTS, AND MENU ITEMS CANNOT BE SELECTED/SET =NJEL0633S03
Destination cannot be set. Destination to be set is on an expressway. Set the destination on an ordinary road.
Passing point is not searched The vehicle has already passed the passing To include the passing points that have
when re-searching the route. point, or the system judged so. been passed into the route again, set the
route again.
Route information will not be dis- Route searching has not been done. Set the destination and perform route
played. searching.
Vehicle mark is not on the recommended route. Drive on the recommended route.
After the route searching, no Vehicle mark is not on the recommended route. Drive on the recommended route.
guide sign will appear as the (On the display, only guide signs related to the
vehicle goes near the entrance/ recommended route will be shown.)
exit to the toll road.
Automatic route searching is not Vehicle is driving on a highway (gray route), or Drive on a road to be searched. Or
possible. no recommended route is available. re-search the route manually. In this case,
however, the whole route will be searched.
Performed automatic detour Performed search with every conditions consid- System is not malfunction.
search (or detour search). ered. However, the result is the same as that of
However, the result is the same the previous search.
as that of the previous search.
Passing points cannot be set. More than five passing points were set. Passing points can be set up to five. To
stop at more than five points, perform shar-
ing in several steps.
When setting the route, the start- The current vehicle location is always set as the System is not malfunction.
ing point cannot be selected. starting point of a route.
Some menu items cannot be The vehicle is being driven. Stop the vehicle at a safe place and then
selected. operate the system.
Voice guide will not operate. Note: Voice guide is only available at intersec- System is not malfunction.
tions that satisfy certain conditions (indicated by
I on the map). Therefore, guidance may not be
given even when the route on the map changes
direction.
The vehicle is not on the recommended route. Return to the recommended route or re-
search the route.
Voice guide does not match the Voice guide may vary with the direction to which Drive in conformity to the actual traffic
actual road pattern. the vehicle is turn and the connection of the road rules.
to other roads.
EL-538
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
Example of Symptoms Judged Not Abnormal (Cont’d)
ROUTE SEARCHING =NJEL0633S05
Conditional traffic regulation (day of the week/ Turn the time-regulating search conditions
time of the day) is set at the area around the OFF. Turn “Avoid regulation time” in the LC
current position or the destination. search conditions OFF.
Indicated route is intermittent. In some areas, highways (gray routes) are not System is not malfunction.
used for the search Therefore, the route to the
EC
current position or the passing points may be
intermittent.
FE
When the vehicle has passed the A recommended route is controlled by each System is not malfunction.
recommended route, it is deleted section. When the vehicle has passed the pass-
from the screen. ing point 1, then the map data from the starting CL
point up to the passing point 1 will be deleted.
(The data may remain undeleted in some area.)
Detouring route is recommended. In some areas, highways (gray routes) are not Set the route closer to the basic route (gray MT
used for the search. Therefore, detour route route).
may be recommended.
AT
A detour route may be shown when some traffic Slightly move the starting point or the
regulation (one-way traffic, etc.) is set at the destination, or set the passing point on the
area around the starting point or the destina- route of your choice.
tion.
AX
In the area where highways (gray routes) are System is not malfunction.
used for the search, left turn has priority around SU
the current position and the destination (pass-
ing points). For this reason, the recommended
route may be detouring. BR
Landmarks on the map do not This can happen due to omission or error in the As a rule, an updated map DVD-ROM will
match the actual ones. map data. be released once a year. Wait until the lat-
est map has become available. ST
Recommended route is far from Starting point, passing points, and destination Reset the destination onto the road nearby.
the starting point, passing points, of the route guide were set far from the desired If this road is one of the highways (gray RS
and destination. points because route searching data around routes), an ordinary road nearby may be
these area were not stored. displayed as the recommended route.
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-539
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
Example of Symptoms Judged Not Abnormal (Cont’d)
EXAMPLES OF CURRENT-LOCATION MARK DISPLACEMENT =NJEL0633S06
Vehicle’s travel amount is calculated by reading its travel distance and turning angle. Therefore, if the vehicle
is driven in the following manner, an error will occur in the vehicle’s current location display. If correct location
has not been restored after driving the vehicle for a while, perform location correction.
SEL698V
EL-540
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
Example of Symptoms Judged Not Abnormal (Cont’d)
Cause (condition) -: While driving ooo: Display Driving condition Remarks (correction, etc.)
Y-intersections GI
At a Y intersection or similar gradual
division of roads, error the direction of MA
travel deduced by the sensor may
result in the current-location mark
appearing on the wrong road.
EM
ELK0192D
Spiral roads LC
When driving on a large, continuous
spiral road (such as loop bridge), turn- EC
ing angle error is accumulated and the
vehicle mark may deviate from the
correct location.
FE
ELK0193D
Straight roads CL
When driving on a long, straight road
and slow curve without stopping, map-
matching does not work effectively MT
enough and distance errors may accu-
mulate. As a result, the vehicle mark
may deviate from the correct location
when the vehicle turned at a corner. If after travelling about 10 km (6
AT
ELK0194D miles) the correct location has not
Road con-
been restored, perform location
figuration Zigzag roads correction and, if necessary, AX
direction correction.
When driving on a zigzag road, the
map may be matched to other roads in SU
the similar direction nearby at every
turn, and the vehicle mark may deviate
from the correct location. BR
ELK0195D
Parallel roads HA
When two roads are running in parallel
(such as highway and sideway), the SC
map may be matched to the other
road by mistake and the vehicle mark
may deviate from the correct location.
ELK0197D
IDX
EL-541
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
Example of Symptoms Judged Not Abnormal (Cont’d)
Cause (condition) -: While driving ooo: Display Driving condition Remarks (correction, etc.)
Turn table
When the ignition switch is OFF, the
navigation system cannot get the sig-
nal from the gyroscope (angular speed
Place sensor). Therefore, the displayed
direction may be wrong and the cor-
rect road may not be easily returned to
after rotating the vehicle on a turn
table with the ignition switch OFF.
SEL710V
Road not displayed on the map screen When driving on new roads or other
roads not displayed on the map
screen, map matching does not func-
tion correctly and matches the location
to a nearby road. When the vehicle
returns to a road which is on the map,
the vehicle mark may deviate from the
SEL699V
correct road.
ELK0201D
EL-542
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
Example of Symptoms Judged Not Abnormal (Cont’d)
Cause (condition) -: While driving ooo: Display Driving condition Remarks (correction, etc.)
BR
SEL702V
EL-543
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
Example of Symptoms Judged Not Abnormal (Cont’d)
measurements, the current-location mark may seem to jump. At this time, the location may be “corrected”
to a location which is not on a road.
THE CURRENT LOCATION MARK IS IN A RIVER OR THE SEA. NJEL0633S09
The navigation system moves the current location mark with no distinction between land and rivers or sea. If
the location mark is somehow out of place, it may appear that the vehicle is driving in a river or the sea.
WHEN DRIVING ON THE SAME ROAD, SOMETIMES THE CURRENT-LOCATION MARK IS IN
THE RIGHT PLACE AND SOMETIMES IT IS THE WRONG PLACE. NJEL0633S10
The conditions of the GPS antenna (GPS data) and gyroscope (angular speed sensor) change gradually.
Depending on the road traveled and the operation of the steering wheel, the location detection results will be
different. Therefore, even on a road on which the location has never been wrong, conditions may cause the
vehicle mark to deviate.
LOCATION CORRECTION BY MAP MATCHING IS SLOW. NJEL0633S11
I The map matching function needs to refer to the data of the surrounding area. It is necessary to drive some
distance for the function to work.
I Because map matching operates on this principle, when there are many roads running in similar direc-
tions in the surrounding area, no matching determination may be made. The location may not be corrected
until some special feature is found.
ALTHOUGH THE GPS RECEIVING DISPLAY IS GREEN, THE VEHICLE MARK DOES NOT
RETURN TO THE CORRECT LOCATION. NJEL0633S12
I The GPS accuracy has an error of about 10 m (30 ft). In some cases the current-location mark may not
be on the correct street, even when GPS location-correction is done.
I The navigation system compares the results of GPS location detection with the results from map-match-
ing location detection. The one which is determined to have higher accuracy is used.
I GPS location correction may not be performed when the vehicle is stopped.
THE NAME OF THE CURRENT PLACE IS NOT DISPLAYED. NJEL0633S13
The current place name may not be displayed if there are no place names displayed on the map screen.
CONTENTS OF THE DISPLAY DIFFER FOR THE BIRDVIEWT AND THE (FLAT) MAP
SCREEN. NJEL0633S14
Difference of the BIRDVIEWT Screen From the Flat Map Screen Are as Follows. NJEL0633S1401
I The current place name displays names which are primarily in the direction of vehicle travel.
I The amount of time before the vehicle travel or turn angle is updated on the screen is longer than for the
(flat) map display.
I The conditions for display of place names, roads, and other data are different for nearby areas and for
more distant areas.
I Some thinning of the character data is done to prevent the display becoming to complex. In some cases
and in some locations, the display contents may differ.
I The same place name, street name, etc. may be displayed multiple times.
EL-544
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
Program Loading
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
YEL490E
SC
IDX
EL-545
CAN COMMUNICATION
System Description
Axle 2WD
ECM X X X X X X X X X
TCM X X X
Combination meter X X X X X X X X X
*: Applicable
EL-546
CAN COMMUNICATION
CAN Communication Unit (Cont’d)
TYPE 1 =NJEL0679S01
System Diagram NJEL0679S0101
GI
MA
EM
LC
YEL976E
EC
Input/Output Signal Chart NJEL0679S0102
T: Transmit R: Receive
FE
ABS actuator
Smart
and electric Steering angle Combination
Signals ECM TCM entrance con-
unit (control
trol unit
sensor meter CL
unit)
MI signal T R SU
Current gear position signal T R
R T
RS
Seat belt reminder signal R T
EL-547
CAN COMMUNICATION
CAN Communication Unit (Cont’d)
ABS actuator
Smart
and electric Steering angle Combination
Signals ECM TCM entrance con-
unit (control sensor meter
trol unit
unit)
P range signal T R
EL-548
CAN COMMUNICATION
CAN Communication Unit (Cont’d)
TYPE 2 =NJEL0679S02
System Diagram NJEL0679S0201
GI
MA
EM
LC
YEL977E
EC
Input/Output Signal Chart NJEL0679S0202
T: Transmit R: Receive
FE
ABS actuator
Smart entrance Combination
Signals ECM TCM and electric unit
control unit meter
(control unit) CL
Engine speed signal T R
MI signal T R AX
Current gear position signal T R
EL-549
CAN COMMUNICATION
CAN Communication Unit (Cont’d)
TYPE 3 =NJEL0679S03
System Diagram NJEL0679S0301
SEL825Y
Smart entrance
Signals ECM TCM Combination meter
control unit
MI signal T R
EL-550
CAN COMMUNICATION
CAN Communication Unit (Cont’d)
TYPE 4 =NJEL0679S04
System Diagram NJEL0679S0401
GI
MA
EM
LC
YEL512E
EC
Input/Output Signal Chart NJEL0679S0402
T: Transmit R: Receive
FE
ABS actuator
Smart entrance Steering angle Combination
Signals ECM and electric unit
control unit sensor meter
(control unit) CL
Engine speed signal T R R
MI signal T R AX
Engine coolant temperature signal T R
R T
BR
Seat belt reminder signal R T
ST
Headlamp switch signal T R
IDX
EL-551
CAN COMMUNICATION
CAN Communication Unit (Cont’d)
TYPE 5 =NJEL0679S05
System Diagram NJEL0679S0501
YEL513E
MI signal T R
R T
EL-552
CAN COMMUNICATION
CAN Communication Unit (Cont’d)
TYPE 6 =NJEL0679S06
System Diagram NJEL0679S0601
GI
MA
EM
LC
SEL826Y
EC
Input/Output Signal Chart NJEL0679S0602
T: Transmit R: Receive
FE
Smart entrance control
Signals ECM Combination meter
unit
HA
SC
IDX
EL-553
CAN COMMUNICATION
CAN Communication Unit (Cont’d)
TYPE 7 =NJEL0679S07
System Diagram NJEL0679S0701
YEL512E
ABS actuator
Smart entrance Steering angle Combination
Signals ECM and electric unit
control unit sensor meter
(control unit)
MI signal T R
T R
Vehicle speed signal
R T
EL-554
CAN COMMUNICATION
CAN Communication Unit (Cont’d)
TYPE 8 =NJEL0679S08
System Diagram NJEL0679S0801
GI
MA
EM
LC
YEL513E
EC
Input/Output Signal Chart NJEL0679S0802
T: Transmit R: Receive
FE
ABS actuator and
Smart entrance
Signals ECM electric unit (control Combination meter
control unit
unit) CL
Engine speed signal T R
HA
SC
IDX
EL-555
CAN COMMUNICATION
CAN Communication Unit (Cont’d)
TYPE 9 =NJEL0679S09
System Diagram NJEL0679S0901
YEL514E
MI signal T R
EL-556
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 1)
SMA for VIN >SJNxxAN16U0522332 Component Parts and Harness Connector Location
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
YEL955E CL
MT
System Description NJEL0681
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- AT
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many
electonic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with
other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with AX
2 communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wir-
ing. Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-557
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 1)
Wiring Diagram — CAN — SMA for VIN >SJNxxAN16U0522332
Wiring Diagram — CAN — NJEL0682
LHD MODELS NJEL0682S01
YEL915E
EL-558
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 1)
Wiring Diagram — CAN — (Cont’d)
RHD MODELS NJEL0682S02
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL916E
EL-559
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 1)
Trouble Diagnoses SMA for VIN >SJNxxAN16U0522332
Trouble Diagnoses NJEL0683
WORK FLOW NJEL0683S01
1. Print all the data of “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” and “CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR” for “ENGINE”, “A/T”,
“ABS” and “SMART ENTRANCE” displayed on CONSULT-II. Refer to the following.
I “DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE” (WITH EURO-OBD) (EC-129) for “ENGINE”
I “DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE” (WITHOUT EURO-OBD) (EC-513) for “ENGINE”
I “DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE” (WITH EURO-OBD) (AT-194) for “A/T”
I “CAN COMMUNICATION LINE” (All) (AT-398) for “A/T”
I “Inspection 13 CAN Communication System” (BR-82) for “ABS”
I “CAN Communication Line Check” (EL-418) for “SMART ENTRANCE”
2. Attach the printed sheet of “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” and “CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR” onto the check
sheet. Refer to “CHECK SHEET” (EL-561).
3. Based on the “CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR” results, put “v” marks onto the items with “UNKWN” or “NG”
in the check sheet table. Refer to “CHECK SHEET“ (EL-561).
NOTE:
I If “NG” is displayed on “INITIAL DIAG (Initial diagnosis)” as “CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR” for the diag-
nosed control unit, replace the control unit.
I The “CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR” items, which are not in check sheet table, are not related to diagnos-
tic procedure on service manual.
So it is not necessary to check the status of “CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR” items which are not indicated
in check sheet table.
4. According to the check sheet results (example), start inspection. Refer to “CHECK SHEET RESULTS
(EXAMPLE)” (EL-562).
EL-560
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 1)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
CHECK SHEET NJEL0683S02
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL164F
EL-561
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 1)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
CHECK SHEET RESULTS (EXAMPLE) NJEL0683S03
NOTE:
If “NG” is displayed on “INITIAL DIAG (Initial diagnosis)” as “CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR” for the
diagnosed control unit, replace the control unit.
Case 1 NJEL0683S0301
Check harness between TCM and ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to “CIRCUIT CHECK
BETWEEN TCM AND ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)” (EL-565).
YEL173F
Case 2 NJEL0683S0302
Check harness between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and smart entrance control unit. Refer to
“CIRCUIT CHECK BETWEEN ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) AND SMART
ENTRANCE CONTROL UNIT” (EL-568).
YEL174F
Case 3 NJEL0683S0303
Check harness between smart entrance control unit and steering angle sensor. Refer to “CIRCUIT CHECK
BETWEEN SMART ENTRANCE CONTROL UNIT AND STEERING ANGLE SENSOR” (EL-570).
YEL175F
EL-562
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 1)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
Case 4 =NJEL0683S0304
Check ECM circuit. Refer to “ECM CIRCUIT CHECK” (EL-571).
GI
MA
EM
LC
YEL176F
EC
Case 5 NJEL0683S0305
Check TCM circuit. Refer to “TCM CIRCUIT CHECK” (EL-572).
FE
CL
MT
AT
YEL177F
AX
Case 6 NJEL0683S0306
Check ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) circuit. Refer to “ABS ACTUATOR AND SU
ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) CIRCUIT CHECK” (EL-573).
BR
ST
RS
YEL178F
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-563
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 1)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
Case 7 =NJEL0683S0307
Check smart entrance control unit circuit. Refer to “SMART ENTRANCE CONTROL UNIT CIRCUIT CHECK”
(EL-574).
YEL179F
Case 8 NJEL0683S0308
Check steering angle sensor circuit. Refer to “STEERING ANGLE SENSOR CIRCUIT CHECK” (EL-575).
YEL180F
Case 9 NJEL0683S0309
Check combination meter circuit. Refer to “COMBINATION METER CIRCUIT CHECK” (EL-576).
YEL181F
EL-564
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 1)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
Case 10 =NJEL0683S0310
Check CAN communication circuit. Refer to “CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT CHECK” (EL-577).
GI
MA
EM
LC
YEL182F
EC
CIRCUIT CHECK BETWEEN TCM AND ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL
UNIT) NJEL0683S04
FE
1 CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable. CL
3. Check following terminals and connector for damage, bend and loose connection (connector side and harness side).
LHD models
I Harness connector F43 MT
I Harness connector M225
RHD models
I Harness connector F43 AT
I Harness connector E225
OK or NG AX
OK © GO TO 2.
NG © Repair terminal or connector.
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-565
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 1)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
YEL963E
RHD models
I Continuity between TCM harness connector F109 terminals 5 (L), 6 (R) and harness connector F43 terminals 3 (L), 7
(R)
SEL808Y
OK or NG
OK © LHD models
Reconnect all connectors to perform “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” and “CAN DIAG SUP-
PORT MNTR” for “ENGINE”, “A/T”, “ABS” and “SMART ENTRANCE” displayed on CON-
SULT-II. Refer to the following.
I “DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE” (WITH EURO-OBD) (EC-129) for
“ENGINE”
I “DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE” (WITHOUT EURO-OBD) (EC-
513) for “ENGINE”
I “DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE” (WITH EURO-OBD) (AT-194) for “A/T”
I “CAN COMMUNICATION LINE” (All) (AT-398) for “A/T”
I “Inspection 13 CAN communication System” (BR-82) for “ABS”
I “CAN Communication Line Check” (EL-418) for “SMART ENTRANCE”
RHD models
I GO TO 3.
NG © Repair harness.
EL-566
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 1)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
EM
LC
EC
YEL964E
OK or NG FE
OK © Reconnect all connectors to perform “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” and “CAN DIAG SUP-
PORT MNTR” for “ENGINE”, “A/T”, “ABS” and “SMART ENTRANCE” displayed on CON-
SULT-II. Refer to the following.
CL
I “DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE” (WITH EURO-OBD) (EC-129) for
“ENGINE”
I “DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE” (WITHOUT EURO-OBD) (EC-
MT
513) for “ENGINE”
I “DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE” (WITH EURO-OBD) (AT-194) for “A/T”
I “CAN COMMUNICATION LINE” (All) (AT-398) for “A/T” AT
I “Inspection 13 CAN communication System” (BR-82) for “ABS”
I “CAN Communication Line Check” (EL-418) for “SMART ENTRANCE”
AX
NG © Repair harness.
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-567
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 1)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
CIRCUIT CHECK BETWEEN ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) AND
SMART ENTRANCE CONTROL UNIT =NJEL0683S05
1 CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Check following terminals and connector for damage, bend and loose connection (connector side and harness side).
LHD models
I Harness connector F115
I Harness connector M202
RHD models
I Harness connector E174
I Harness connector M159
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 2.
NG © Repair terminal or connector.
YEL961E
RHD models
I Continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector E218 terminals 11 (L), 15 (R) and
harness connector E174 terminals 3 (L), 7 (R)
YEL500E
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 3.
NG © Repair harness.
EL-568
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 1)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
EM
LC
EC
FE
YEL962E
RHD models
I Continuity between harness connector M159 terminals 3 (L), 7 (R) and smart entrance control unit connector M193 ter-
minals 8 (L), 11 (R)
CL
MT
AT
AX
YEL982E
SU
OK or NG
OK © Reconnect all connectors to perform “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” and “CAN DIAG SUP-
BR
PORT MNTR” for “ENGINE”, ”A/T”, “ABS” and “SMART ENTRANCE” displayed on CON-
SULT-II. Refer to the following.
I “DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE” (WITH EURO-OBD) (EC-129) for
ST
“ENGINE”
I “DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE” (WITHOUT EURO-OBD) (EC-
513) for “ENGINE” RS
I “DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE” (WITH EURO-OBD) (AT-194) for “A/T”
I “CAN COMMUNICATION LINE” (All) (AT-398) for “A/T”
I “Inspection 13 CAN Communication System” (BR-82) for “ABS” BT
I “CAN Communication Line Check” (EL-418) for “SMART ENTRANCE”
NG © Repair harness. HA
SC
IDX
EL-569
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 1)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
CIRCUIT CHECK BETWEEN SMART ENTRANCE CONTROL UNIT AND STEERING ANGLE
SENSOR NJEL0683S06
YEL618E
OK or NG
OK © Reconnect all connectors to perform “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” and “CAN DIAG SUP-
PORT MNTR” for “ENGINE”, ”A/T”, “ABS” and “SMART ENTRANCE” displayed on CON-
SULT-II. Refer to the following.
I “DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE” (WITH EURO-OBD) (EC-129) for
“ENGINE”
I “DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE” (WITHOUT EURO-OBD) (EC-
513) for “ENGINE”
I “DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE” (WITH EURO-OBD) (AT-194) for “A/T”
I “CAN COMMUNICATION LINE” (All) (AT-398) for “A/T”
I “Inspection 13 CAN Communication System” (BR-82) for “ABS”
I “CAN Communication Line Check” (EL-418) for “SMART ENTRANCE”
NG © Repair harness.
EL-570
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 1)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
ECM CIRCUIT CHECK =NJEL0683S07
1 CHECK CONNECTOR GI
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Check the terminals and connector of ECM for damage, bend and loose connection (control module side and harness MA
side).
OK or NG
EM
OK © GO TO 2.
NG © Repair terminal or connector.
LC
2 CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect ECM connector.
EC
2. Check resistance between ECM harness connector F114 terminals 94 (L) and 86 (R).
FE
CL
MT
AT
SEL812Y
OK or NG AX
OK © Replace ECM.
NG © Repair harness between ECM and TCM. SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-571
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 1)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
TCM CIRCUIT CHECK =NJEL0683S08
1 CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Check the terminals and connector of TCM for damage, bend and loose connection (control module side and harness
side).
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 2.
NG © Repair terminal or connector.
SEL813Y
OK or NG
OK © Replace TCM.
NG © Repair harness between TCM and harness connector F115 (LHD models).
Repair harness between TCM and harness connector F43 (RHD models).
EL-572
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 1)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) CIRCUIT CHECK =NJEL0683S09
1 CHECK CONNECTOR GI
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Check following terminals and connector for damage, bend and loose connection (control unit side and harness side). MA
LHD models
I ABS actuator electric unit (control unit)
I Harness connector E225 EM
I Harness connector F43
RHD models
I ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) LC
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 2. EC
NG © Repair terminal or connector.
FE
2 CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector.
2. Check resistance between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector E218 terminals 11 (L) and 15 CL
(R).
MT
AT
AX
SU
YEL423E
OK or NG BR
OK © Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
NG © Repair harness between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and harness con-
nector F115 (LHD models).
ST
Repair harness between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and harness con-
nector E174 (RHD models).
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-573
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 1)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
SMART ENTRANCE CONTROL UNIT CIRCUIT CHECK =NJEL0683S10
1 CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Check the terminals and connector of smart entrance control unit for damage, bend and loose connection (control unit
side and harness side).
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 2.
NG © Repair terminal or connector.
SEL814Y
OK or NG
OK © Replace smart entrance control unit.
NG © Repair harness between smart entrance control unit and steering angle sensor.
EL-574
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 1)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR CIRCUIT CHECK =NJEL0683S11
1 CHECK CONNECTOR GI
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Check the terminals and connector of steering angle sensor for damage, bend and loose connection (sensor side and MA
harness side).
OK or NG
EM
OK © GO TO 2.
NG © Repair terminal or connector.
LC
2 CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect steering angle sensor connector.
EC
2. Check resistance between steering angle sensor harness connector M187 terminals 4 (L) and 5 (R).
FE
CL
MT
AT
YEL424E
OK or NG AX
OK © Replace smart entrance control unit.
NG © Repair harness between steering angle sensor and data link connector. SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-575
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 1)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
COMBINATION METER CIRCUIT CHECK =NJEL0683S12
1 CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Check following terminals and connector of combination meter for damage, bend and loose connection (meter side and
harness side).
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 2.
NG © Repair terminal or connector.
SEL815Y
OK or NG
OK © Replace combination meter.
NG © Repair harness between combination meter and steering angle sensor.
EL-576
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 1)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT CHECK =NJEL0683S13
1 CHECK CONNECTOR GI
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Check following terminals and connector of combination meter for damage, bend and loose connection (meter side, MA
control unit side, control module side and harness side).
I Combination meter
I Steering angle sensor EM
I Smart entrance control unit
I ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
I TCM LC
I ECM
I Between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and data link connector (LHD models)
I Between ECM and data link connector (RHD models) EC
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 2. FE
NG © Repair terminal or connector.
CL
2 CHECK HARNESS FOR SHORT CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect combination meter connector, steering angle sensor connector, smart entrance control unit connector and
harness connector M202 (LHD models) or harness connector M159 (RHD models). MT
2. Check continuity between data link connector M29 terminals 6 (L) and 3 (R).
AT
AX
SU
BR
SEL816Y
OK or NG ST
OK © GO TO 3.
NG © I Repair harness between data link connector and harness connector M202 (LHD mod-
els) or M159 (RHD models).
RS
I Repair harness between data link connector and smart entrance control unit.
I Repair harness between data link connector and steering angle sensor.
I Repair harness between data link connector and combination meter.
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-577
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 1)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
SEL817Y
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 4.
NG © I Repair harness between data link connector and harness connector M202 (LHD mod-
els) or M159 (RHD models).
I Repair harness between data link connector and smart entrance control unit.
I Repair harness between data link connector and steering angle sensor.
I Repair harness between data link connector and combination meter.
SEL820Y
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 5.
NG © I Repair harness between ECM and TCM.
I Repair harness between ECM and harness connector F43.
I Repair harness between ECM and harness connector F115 (LHD models).
EL-578
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 1)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
MA
EM
LC
SEL821Y EC
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 6. FE
NG © I Repair harness between ECM and TCM.
I Repair harness between ECM and harness connector F43.
I Repair harness between ECM and harness connector F115 (LHD models). CL
AX
SU
BR
YEL426E ST
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 7. RS
NG © I Repair harness between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and harness con-
nector E225.
I Repair harness between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and harness con-
BT
nector E174 (RHD models).
HA
SC
IDX
EL-579
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 1)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
YEL427E
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 8.
NG © I Repair harness between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and harness con-
nector E225.
I Repair harness between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and harness con-
nector E174 (RHD models).
EL-580
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 1)
Component Inspection
ECM 94 - 86
SEL723Y Approx. 108 - 132 LC
Combination meter 26 - 27
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-581
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 2)
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location SMA for VIN >SJNxxAN16U0522332
Component Parts and Harness Connector
Location NJEL0685
YEL956E
EL-582
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 2)
SMA for VIN >SJNxxAN16U0522332 Wiring Diagram — CAN —
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL274F
EL-583
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 2)
Wiring Diagram — CAN — (Cont’d)
RHD MODELS NJEL0687S02
YEL275F
EL-584
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 2)
SMA for VIN >SJNxxAN16U0522332 Trouble Diagnoses
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-585
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 2)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
CHECK SHEET NJEL0688S02
YEL167F
EL-586
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 2)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
CHECK SHEET RESULTS (EXAMPLE) NJEL0688S03
NOTE:
If “NG” is displayed on “INITIAL DIAG (Initial diagnosis)” as “CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR” for the GI
diagnosed control unit, replace control unit.
Case 1 NJEL0688S0301 MA
Check harness between TCM and ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to “CIRCUIT CHECK
BETWEEN TCM AND ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)” (EL-589).
EM
LC
EC
FE
YEL197F
CL
Case 2 NJEL0688S0302
Check harness between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and smart entrance control unit. Refer to
“CIRCUIT CHECK BETWEEN ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) AND SMART MT
ENTRANCE CONTROL UNIT” (EL-592).
AT
AX
SU
BR
YEL198F
Case 3 ST
NJEL0688S0303
Check ECM circuit. Refer to “ECM CIRCUIT CHECK” (EL-594).
RS
BT
HA
SC
YEL199F
IDX
EL-587
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 2)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
Case 4 =NJEL0688S0304
Check TCM circuit. Refer to “TCM CIRCUIT CHECK” (EL-595).
YEL200F
Case 5 NJEL0688S0305
Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) circuit. Refer to “ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT
(CONTROL UNIT) CIRCUIT CHECK” (EL-596).
YEL201F
Case 6 NJEL0688S0306
Check smart entrance control unit circuit. Refer to “SMART ENTRANCE CONTROL UNIT CIRCUIT CHECK”
(EL-597).
YEL202F
EL-588
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 2)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
Case 7 =NJEL0688S0307
Check combination meter circuit. Refer to “COMBINATION METER CIRCUIT CHECK” (EL-598).
GI
MA
EM
LC
YEL203F
EC
Case 8 NJEL0688S0308
Check CAN communication circuit. Refer to “CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT CHECK” (EL-599).
FE
CL
MT
AT
YEL204F
AX
CIRCUIT CHECK BETWEEN TCM AND ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL
UNIT) NJEL0688S04 SU
1 CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. BR
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Check following terminals and connector for damage, bend and loose connection (connector side and harness side).
LHD models ST
I Harness connector F43
I Harness connector E225
RHD models
I Harness connector F43
RS
I Harness connector E225
OK or NG BT
OK © GO TO 2.
NG © Repair terminal or connector. HA
SC
IDX
EL-589
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 2)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
YEL963E
RHD models
I Continuity between TCM harness connector F109 terminals 5 (L), 6 (R) and harness connector F43 terminals 3 (L), 7
(R)
SEL808Y
OK or NG
OK © LHD models
Reconnect all connectors to perform “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” and “CAN DIAG SUP-
PORT MNTR” for “ENGINE”, “A/T”, “ABS” and “SMART ENTRANCE” displayed on CON-
SULT-II. Refer to the following.
I “DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE” (WITH EURO-OBD) (EC-129) for
“ENGINE”
I “DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE” (WITHOUT EURO-OBD) (EC-
513) for “ENGINE”
I “DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE” (WITH EURO-OBD) (AT-194) for “A/T”
I “CAN COMMUNICATION LINE” (All) (AT-398) for “A/T”
I “CAN Communication Lines” (BR-111) for “ABS”
I “CAN Communication Line Check” (EL-418) for “SMART ENTRANCE”
RHD models
GO TO 3.
NG © Repair harness.
EL-590
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 2)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
EM
LC
EC
YEL964EA
OK or NG FE
OK © Reconnect all connectors to perform “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” and “CAN DIAG SUP-
PORT MNTR” for “ENGINE”, “A/T”, “ABS” and “SMART ENTRANCE” displayed on CON-
SULT-II. Refer to the following.
CL
I “DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE” (WITH EURO-OBD) (EC-129) for
“ENGINE”
I “DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE” (WITHOUT EURO-OBD) (EC-
MT
513) for “ENGINE”
I “DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE” (WITH EURO-OBD) (AT-194) for “A/T”
I “CAN COMMUNICATION LINE” (All) (AT-398) for “A/T” AT
I “CAN Communication Lines” (BR-111) for “ABS”
I “CAN Communication Line Check” (EL-418) for “SMART ENTRANCE”
AX
NG © Repair harness.
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-591
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 2)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
CIRCUIT CHECK BETWEEN ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) AND
SMART ENTRANCE CONTROL UNIT =NJEL0688S05
1 CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Check following terminals and connector for damage, bend and loose connection (connector side and harness side).
LHD models
I Harness connector F115
I Harness connector M202
RHD models
I Harness connector E174
I Harness connector M159
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 2.
NG © Repair terminal or connector.
YEL961E
RHD models
I Continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector E217 terminals 26 (L), 15 (R) and
harness connector E174 terminals 3 (L), 7 (R)
YEL511E
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 3.
NG © Repair harness.
EL-592
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 2)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
EM
LC
EC
FE
YEL962E
RHD models
I Continuity between harness connector M159 terminals 3 (L), 7 (R) and smart entrance control unit connector M193 ter-
minals 8 (L), 11 (R) (RHD models)
CL
MT
AT
AX
YEL982E
SU
OK or NG
OK © Reconnect all connectors to perform “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” and “CAN DIAG SUP-
BR
PORT MNTR” for “ENGINE”, “A/T”, “ABS” and “SMART ENTRANCE” displayed on CON-
SULT-II. Refer to the following.
I “DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE” (WITH EURO-OBD) (EC-129) for
ST
“ENGINE”
I “DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE” (WITHOUT EURO-OBD) (EC-
513) for “ENGINE” RS
I “DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE” (WITH EURO-OBD) (AT-194) for “A/T”
I “CAN COMMUNICATION LINE” (All) (AT-398) for “A/T”
I “CAN Communication Lines” (BR-111) for “ABS” BT
I “CAN Communication Line Check” (EL-418) for “SMART ENTRANCE”
NG © Repair harness. HA
SC
IDX
EL-593
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 2)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
ECM CIRCUIT CHECK =NJEL0688S06
1 CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Check the terminals and connector of ECM for damage, bend and loose connection (control module side and harness
side).
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 2.
NG © Repair terminal or connector.
SEL812Y
OK or NG
OK © Replace ECM.
NG © Repair harness between ECM and TCM.
EL-594
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 2)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
TCM CIRCUIT CHECK =NJEL0688S07
1 CHECK CONNECTOR GI
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Check the terminals and connector of TCM for damage, bend and loose connection (control module side and harness MA
side).
OK or NG
EM
OK © GO TO 2.
NG © Repair terminal or connector.
LC
2 CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect TCM connector.
EC
2. Check resistance between TCM harness connector F109 terminals 5 (L) and 6 (R).
FE
CL
MT
AT
SEL813Y
OK or NG AX
OK © Replace TCM.
NG © I Repair harness between TCM and harness connector F115 (LHD models). SU
I Repair harness between TCM and harness connector F43 (RHD models).
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-595
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 2)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) CIRCUIT CHECK =NJEL0688S08
1 CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Check following terminals and connector for damage, bend and loose connection (control unit side and harness side).
LHD models
I ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
I Harness connector E225
I Harness connector F43
RHD models
I ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 2.
NG © Repair terminal or connector.
YEL608E
OK or NG
OK © Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
NG © I Repair harness between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and harness con-
nector F115 (LHD models).
I Repair harness between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and harness con-
nector E174 (RHD models).
EL-596
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 2)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
SMART ENTRANCE CONTROL UNIT CIRCUIT CHECK =NJEL0688S09
1 CHECK CONNECTOR GI
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Check the terminals and connector of smart entrance control unit for damage, bend and loose connection (control unit MA
side and harness side).
OK or NG
EM
OK © GO TO 2.
NG © Repair terminal or connector.
LC
2 CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect smart entrance control unit connector.
EC
2. Check resistance between smart entrance control unit harness connector M193 terminals 8 (L) and 11 (R).
FE
CL
MT
AT
SEL814Y
OK or NG AX
OK © Replace smart entrance control unit.
NG © Repair harness between smart entrance control unit and data link connector. SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-597
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 2)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
COMBINATION METER CIRCUIT CHECK =NJEL0688S10
1 CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Check following terminals and connector of combination meter for damage, bend and loose connection (meter side and
harness side).
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 2.
NG © Repair terminal or connector.
SEL815Y
OK or NG
OK © Replace combination meter.
NG © Repair harness between combination meter and smart entrance control unit.
EL-598
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 2)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT CHECK =NJEL0688S11
1 CHECK CONNECTOR GI
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Check following terminals and connector of combination meter for damage, bend and loose connection (meter side, MA
control unit side, control module side and harness side).
I Combination meter
I Smart entrance control unit EM
I ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
I TCM
I ECM LC
I Between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and data link connector (LHD models)
I Between ECM and data link connector (RHD models)
OK or NG EC
OK © GO TO 2.
NG © Repair terminal or connector. FE
AT
AX
SU
SEL816Y BR
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 3. ST
NG © I Repair harness between data link connector and harness connector M202 (LHD mod-
els) or M159 (RHD models).
I Repair harness between data link connector and smart entrance control unit.
RS
I Repair harness between data link connector and combination meter.
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-599
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 2)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
SEL817Y
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 4.
NG © I Repair harness between data link connector and harness connector M202 (LHD mod-
els) or M159 (RHD models).
I Repair harness between data link connector and smart entrance control unit.
I Repair harness between data link connector and combination meter.
SEL820Y
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 5.
NG © I Repair harness between ECM and TCM.
I Repair harness between ECM and harness connector F43.
I Repair harness between ECM and harness connector F115 (LHD models).
EL-600
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 2)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
MA
EM
LC
SEL821Y EC
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 6. FE
NG © I Repair harness between ECM and TCM.
I Repair harness between ECM and harness connector F43.
I Repair harness between ECM and harness connector F115 (LHD models). CL
AX
SU
BR
YEL455E ST
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 7. RS
NG © I Repair harness between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and harness con-
nector E225.
I Repair harness between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and harness con-
BT
nector E174 (RHD models).
HA
SC
IDX
EL-601
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 2)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
YEL456E
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 8.
NG © I Repair harness between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and harness con-
nector E225.
I Repair harness between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and harness con-
nector E174 (RHD models).
EL-602
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 2)
Component Inspection
ECM 94 - 86
SEL723Y Approx. 108 - 132 LC
Combination meter 26 - 27
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-603
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 3)
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location SMA for VIN >SJNxxAN16U0522332
Component Parts and Harness Connector
Location NJEL0690
SEL804Y
EL-604
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 3)
SMA for VIN >SJNxxAN16U0522332 Wiring Diagram — CAN —
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL276F
EL-605
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 3)
Wiring Diagram — CAN — (Cont’d)
RHD MODELS NJEL0692S02
YEL277F
EL-606
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 3)
SMA for VIN >SJNxxAN16U0522332 Trouble Diagnoses
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-607
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 3)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
CHECK SHEET NJEL0693S02
YEL166F
EL-608
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 3)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
CHECK SHEET RESULTS (EXAMPLE) NJEL0693S03
NOTE:
If “NG” is displayed on “INITIAL DIAG (Initial diagnosis)” as “CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR” for the GI
diagnosed control unit, replace the control unit.
Case 1 NJEL0693S0301 MA
Check harness between TCM and smart entrance control unit. Refer to “CIRCUIT CHECK BETWEEN TCM
AND SMART ENTRANCE CONTROL UNIT” (EL-611).
EM
LC
EC
FE
YEL191F
CL
Case 2 NJEL0693S0302
Check ECM circuit. Refer to “ECM CIRCUIT CHECK” (EL-614).
MT
AT
AX
SU
YEL192F
BR
Case 3 NJEL0693S0303
Check TCM circuit. Refer to “TCM CIRCUIT CHECK” (EL-615). ST
RS
BT
HA
YEL193F
SC
IDX
EL-609
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 3)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
Case 4 =NJEL0693S0304
Check smart entrance control unit circuit. Refer to “SMART ENTRANCE CONTROL UNIT CIRCUIT CHECK”
(EL-616).
YEL194F
Case 5 NJEL0693S0305
Check combination meter circuit. Refer to “COMBINATION METER CIRCUIT CHECK” (EL-617).
YEL195F
Case 6 NJEL0693S0306
Check CAN communication circuit. Refer to “CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT CHECK” (EL-617).
YEL196F
EL-610
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 3)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
CIRCUIT CHECK BETWEEN TCM AND SMART ENTRANCE CONTROL UNIT =NJEL0693S04
1 CHECK CONNECTOR GI
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Check following terminals and connector for damage, bend and loose connection (connector side and harness side). MA
LHD models
I Harness connector F115
I Harness connector M202 EM
RHD models
I Harness connector F43
I Harness connector E225 LC
I Harness connector E174
I Harness connector M159
OK or NG EC
OK © GO TO 2.
NG © Repair terminal or connector. FE
AT
AX
SU
BR
SEL865Y
I Continuity between TCM harness connector F109 terminals 5 (L), 6 (R) and harness connector F43 terminals 3 (L), 7
(R) (RHD models) ST
RS
BT
HA
SEL808Y SC
OK or NG
OK © I GO TO 4. (LHD models)
I GO TO 3. (RHD models)
NG © Repair harness.
IDX
EL-611
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 3)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
SEL809Y
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 4.
NG © Repair harness.
EL-612
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 3)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
EM
LC
EC
SEL866Y
FE
I Continuity between harness connector M159 terminals 3 (L), 7 (R) and smart entrance control unit connector M193 ter-
minals 8 (L), 11 (R) (RHD models)
CL
MT
AT
AX
SEL810Y
OK or NG SU
OK © Reconnect all connectors to perform “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” and “DATA MONITOR” for
“ENGINE”, “A/T” and “SMART ENTRANCE” displayed on CONSULT-II. Refer to the fol-
lowing.
BR
I “DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE” (WITH EURO-OBD) (EC-129) for
“ENGINE”
I “DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE” (WITHOUT EURO-OBD) (EC-
ST
513) for “ENGINE”
I “DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE” (WITH EURO-OBD) (AT-194) for “A/T”
I “CAN COMMUNICATION LINE” (All) (AT-398) for “A/T” RS
I “CAN Communication Line Check” (EL-418) for “SMART ENTRANCE”
NG © Repair harness. BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-613
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 3)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
ECM CIRCUIT CHECK =NJEL0693S05
1 CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Check the terminals and connector of ECM for damage, bend and loose connection (control module side and harness
side).
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 2.
NG © Repair terminal or connector.
SEL812Y
OK or NG
OK © Replace ECM.
NG © Repair harness between ECM and TCM.
EL-614
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 3)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
TCM CIRCUIT CHECK =NJEL0693S06
1 CHECK CONNECTOR GI
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Check the terminals and connector of TCM for damage, bend and loose connection (control module side and harness MA
side).
OK or NG
EM
OK © GO TO 2.
NG © Repair terminal or connector.
LC
2 CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect TCM connector.
EC
2. Check resistance between TCM harness connector F109 terminals 5 (L) and 6 (R).
FE
CL
MT
AT
SEL813Y
OK or NG AX
OK © Replace TCM.
NG © Repair harness between TCM and harness connector F115 (LHD models). SU
Repair harness between TCM and harness connector F43 (RHD models).
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-615
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 3)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
SMART ENTRANCE CONTROL UNIT CIRCUIT CHECK =NJEL0693S07
1 CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Check the terminals and connector of smart entrance control unit for damage, bend and loose connection (control unit
side and harness side).
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 2.
NG © Repair terminal or connector.
SEL814Y
OK or NG
OK © Replace smart entrance control unit.
NG © Repair harness between smart entrance control unit and data link connector.
EL-616
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 3)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
COMBINATION METER CIRCUIT CHECK =NJEL0693S08
1 CHECK CONNECTOR GI
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Check following terminals and connector of combination meter for damage, bend and loose connection (meter side and MA
harness side).
OK or NG
EM
OK © GO TO 2.
NG © Repair terminal or connector.
LC
2 CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect combination meter connector.
EC
2. Check resistance between combination meter harness connector M171 terminals 26 (L) and 27 (R).
FE
CL
MT
AT
SEL815Y
OK or NG AX
OK © Replace combination meter.
NG © Repair harness between combination meter and smart entrance control unit. SU
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT CHECK NJEL0693S09
1 CHECK CONNECTOR
BR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable. ST
3. Check following terminals and connector of combination meter for damage, bend and loose connection (meter side,
control unit side, control module side and harness side).
I Combination meter RS
I Smart entrance control unit
I TCM
I ECM BT
I Between ECM and data link connector
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 2.
HA
NG © Repair terminal or connector.
SC
IDX
EL-617
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 3)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
SEL816Y
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 3.
NG © I Repair harness between data link connector and harness connector M202 (LHD mod-
els) or M159 (RHD models).
I Repair harness between data link connector and smart entrance control unit.
I Repair harness between data link connector and combination meter.
SEL817Y
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 6. (LHD models)
GO TO 4. (RHD models)
NG © I Repair harness between data link connector and harness connector M202 (LHD mod-
els) or M159 (RHD models).
I Repair harness between data link connector and smart entrance control unit.
I Repair harness between data link connector and combination meter.
EL-618
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 3)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
MA
EM
LC
EC
SEL818Y
OK or NG
FE
OK © GO TO 5.
NG © Repair harness between harness connector E225 and harness connector E174.
CL
5 CHECK HARNESS FOR SHORT CIRCUIT
Check continuity between harness connector E225 terminals 3 (L) , 7 (R) and ground. MT
AT
AX
SU
SEL819Y BR
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 6. ST
NG © Repair harness between harness connector E225 and harness connector E174.
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-619
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 3)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
SEL820Y
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 7.
NG © Repair harness between ECM and harness connector F115 (LHD models) or F43 (RHD
models).
Repair harness between ECM and TCM.
SEL821Y
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 8.
NG © Repair harness between ECM and harness connector F115 (LHD models) or F43 (RHD
models).
Repair harness between ECM and TCM.
EL-620
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 3)
Component Inspection
ECM 94 - 86
SEL723Y Approx. 108 - 132 LC
Combination meter 26 - 27
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-621
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 4)
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location SMA for VIN >SJNxxAN16U0522332
Component Parts and Harness Connector
Location NJEL0695
YEL495E
EL-622
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 4)
SMA for VIN >SJNxxAN16U0522332 Wiring Diagram — CAN —
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL278F
EL-623
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 4)
Wiring Diagram — CAN — (Cont’d)
RHD MODELS NJEL0697S02
YEL279F
EL-624
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 4)
SMA for VIN >SJNxxAN16U0522332 Trouble Diagnoses
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-625
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 4)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
CHECK SHEET NJEL0698S02
YEL165F
EL-626
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 4)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
CHECK SHEET RESULTS (EXAMPLE) NJEL0698S03
NOTE:
If “NG” is displayed on “INITIAL DIAG (Initial diagnosis)” as “CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR” for the GI
diagnosed control unit, replace the control unit.
Case 1 NJEL0698S0301 MA
Check harness between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and smart entrance control unit. Refer to
“CIRCUIT CHECK BETWEEN ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) AND SMART
ENTRANCE CONTROL UNIT” (EL-629). EM
LC
EC
FE
YEL183F CL
Case 2
Check harness between smart entrance control unit and steering angle sensor. Refer to “CIRCUIT CHECK
NJEL0698S0302
MT
BETWEEN SMART ENTRANCE CONTROL UNIT AND STEERING ANGLE SENSOR” (EL-632).
AT
AX
SU
BR
YEL184F
Case 3 ST
NJEL0698S0303
Check ECM circuit. Refer to “ECM CIRCUIT CHECK” (EL-633).
RS
BT
HA
SC
YEL185F
IDX
EL-627
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 4)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
Case 4 =NJEL0698S0304
Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) circuit. Refer to “ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT
(CONTROL UNIT) CIRCUIT CHECK” (EL-634).
YEL186F
Case 5 NJEL0698S0305
Check smart entrance control unit circuit. Refer to “SMART ENTRANCE CONTROL UNIT CIRCUIT CHECK”
(EL-635).
YEL187F
Case 6 NJEL0698S0306
Check steering angle sensor circuit. Refer to “STEERING ANGLE SENSOR CIRCUIT CHECK” (EL-636).
YEL188F
EL-628
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 4)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
Case 7 =NJEL0698S0307
Check combination meter circuit. Refer to “COMBINATION METER CIRCUIT CHECK” (EL-637).
GI
MA
EM
LC
YEL189F
EC
Case 8 NJEL0698S0308
Check CAN communication circuit. Refer to “CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT CHECK” (EL-638).
FE
CL
MT
AT
YEL190F
AX
CIRCUIT CHECK BETWEEN ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) AND
SMART ENTRANCE CONTROL UNIT NJEL0698S04 SU
1 CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. BR
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Check following terminals and connector for damage, bend and loose connection (connector side and harness side).
LHD models ST
I Harness connector F115
I Harness connector M202
RHD models
I Harness connector E174
RS
I Harness connector M159
OK or NG BT
OK © GO TO 2.
NG © Repair terminal or connector. HA
SC
IDX
EL-629
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 4)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
YEL961E
RHD models
I Continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector E218 terminals 11 (L), 15 (R) and
harness connector E174 terminals 3 (L), 7 (R)
YEL500E
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 3.
NG © Repair harness.
EL-630
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 4)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
EM
LC
EC
FE
YEL962E
RHD models
I Continuity between harness connector M159 terminals 3 (L), 7 (R) and smart entrance control unit connector M193 ter-
minals 8 (L), 11 (R)
CL
MT
AT
AX
YEL982E
SU
OK or NG
OK © I Reconnect all connectors to perform “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” and “DATA MONITOR”
BR
for “ENGINE”, “ABS” and “SMART ENTRANCE” displayed on CONSULT-II. Refer to
the following.
I “DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE” (WITH EURO-OBD) (EC-129) for
ST
“ENGINE”
I “DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE” (WITHOUT EURO-OBD) (EC-
513) for “ENGINE” RS
I “Inspection 13 CAN Communication System” (BR-82) for “ABS”
I “CAN Communication Line Check” (EL-418) for “SMART ENTRANCE”
BT
NG © Repair harness.
HA
SC
IDX
EL-631
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 4)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
CIRCUIT CHECK BETWEEN SMART ENTRANCE CONTROL UNIT AND STEERING ANGLE
SENSOR NJEL0698S05
YEL618E
OK or NG
OK © I Reconnect all connectors to perform “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” and “DATA MONITOR”
for “ENGINE”, “ABS” and “SMART ENTRANCE” displayed on CONSULT-II. Refer to
the following.
I “DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE” (WITH EURO-OBD) (EC-129) for
“ENGINE”
I “DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE” (WITHOUT EURO-OBD) (EC-
513) for “ENGINE”
I “Inspection 13 CAN Communication System” (BR-82) for “ABS”
I “CAN Communication Line Check” (EL-418) for “SMART ENTRANCE”
NG © Repair harness.
EL-632
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 4)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
ECM CIRCUIT CHECK =NJEL0698S06
1 CHECK CONNECTOR GI
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Check following terminals and connector for damage, bend and loose connection (control module side and harness MA
side).
LHD models
I ECM EM
RHD models
I ECM
I Harness connector F43 LC
I Harness connector E225
OK or NG
EC
OK © GO TO 2.
NG © Repair terminal or connector.
FE
2 CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect ECM connector. CL
2. Check resistance between ECM harness connector F114 terminals 94 (L) and 86 (R).
MT
AT
AX
SU
SEL812Y
OK or NG BR
OK © Replace ECM.
NG © Repair harness between ECM and ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-633
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 4)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) CIRCUIT CHECK =NJEL0698S07
1 CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Check following terminals and connector for damage, bend and loose connection (control unit side and harness side).
LHD models
I ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
I Harness connector E225
I Harness connector F43
RHD models
I ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 2.
NG © Repair terminal or connector.
YEL423E
OK or NG
OK © Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
NG © I Repair harness between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and harness con-
nector F115 (LHD models).
I Repair harness between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and harness con-
nector E174 (RHD models).
EL-634
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 4)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
SMART ENTRANCE CONTROL UNIT CIRCUIT CHECK =NJEL0698S08
1 CHECK CONNECTOR GI
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Check the terminals and connector of smart entrance control unit for damage, bend and loose connection (control unit MA
side and harness side).
OK or NG
EM
OK © GO TO 2.
NG © Repair terminal or connector.
LC
2 CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect smart entrance control unit connector.
EC
2. Check resistance between smart entrance control unit harness connector M193 terminals 8 (L) and 11 (R).
FE
CL
MT
AT
SEL814Y
OK or NG AX
OK © Replace smart entrance control unit.
NG © Repair harness between smart entrance control unit and steering angle sensor. SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-635
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 4)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR CIRCUIT CHECK =NJEL0698S09
1 CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Check the terminals and connector of steering angle sensor for damage, bend and loose connection (sensor side and
harness side).
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 2.
NG © Repair terminal or connector.
YEL424E
OK or NG
OK © Replace smart entrance control unit.
NG © Repair harness between steering angle sensor and data link connector.
EL-636
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 4)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
COMBINATION METER CIRCUIT CHECK =NJEL0698S10
1 CHECK CONNECTOR GI
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Check following terminals and connector of combination meter for damage, bend and loose connection (meter side and MA
harness side).
OK or NG
EM
OK © GO TO 2.
NG © Repair terminal or connector.
LC
2 CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect combination meter connector.
EC
2. Check resistance between combination meter harness connector M171 terminals 26 (L) and 27 (R).
FE
CL
MT
AT
SEL815Y
OK or NG AX
OK © Replace combination meter.
NG © Repair harness between combination meter and steering angle sensor. SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-637
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 4)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT CHECK =NJEL0698S11
1 CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Check following terminals and connector for damage, bend and loose connection (meter side, control unit side, control
module side and harness side).
I Combination meter
I Steering angle sensor
I Smart entrance control unit
I ABS actuator and electrical unit (control unit)
I ECM
I Between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and data link connector (LHD models)
I Between ECM and data link connector (RHD models)
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 2.
NG © Repair terminal or connector.
SEL816Y
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 3.
NG © I Repair harness between data link connector and harness connector M202 (LHD mod-
els) or M159 (RHD models).
I Repair harness between data link connector and smart entrance control unit.
I Repair harness between data link connector and steering angle sensor.
I Repair harness between data link connector and combination meter.
EL-638
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 4)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
MA
EM
LC
SEL817Y EC
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 4. FE
NG © I Repair harness between data link connector and harness connector M202 (LHD mod-
els) or M159 (RHD models).
I Repair harness between data link connector and smart entrance control unit. CL
I Repair harness between data link connector and steering angle sensor.
I Repair harness between data link connector and combination meter.
MT
4 CHECK HARNESS FOR SHORT CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect ECM connector and harness connector F43. AT
2. Check continuity between ECM harness connector F114 terminals 94 (L) and 86 (R).
AX
SU
BR
ST
SEL820Y
OK or NG
RS
OK © GO TO 5.
NG © I Repair harness between ECM and harness connector F43.
I Repair harness between ECM and harness connector F115 (LHD models).
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-639
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 4)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
SEL821Y
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 6.
NG © I Repair harness between ECM and harness connector F43.
I Repair harness between ECM and harness connector F115 (LHD models).
YEL426E
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 7.
NG © I Repair harness between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and harness con-
nector E225.
I Repair harness between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and harness con-
nector E174 (RHD models).
EL-640
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 4)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
MA
EM
LC
EC
YEL427E
OK or NG
FE
OK © GO TO 8.
NG © I Repair harness between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and harness con-
nector E225. CL
I Repair harness between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and harness con-
nector E174 (RHD models).
MT
8 ECM/COMBINATION METER INTERNAL CIRCUIT INSPECTION
Check components inspection. Refer to “ECM/COMBINATION METER INTERNAL CIRCUIT INSPECTION” (EL-642). AT
OK or NG
OK © I Reconnect all connectors to perform “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” and “DATA MONITOR” AX
for “ENGINE”, “ABS” and “SMART ENTRANCE” displayed on CONSULT-II. Refer to
the following.
I “DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE” (WITH EURO-OBD) (EC-129) for SU
“ENGINE”
I “DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE” (WITHOUT EURO-OBD) (EC-
513) for “ENGINE” BR
I “Inspection 13 CAN Communication System” (BR-82) for “ABS”
I “CAN Communication Line Check” (EL-418) for “SMART ENTRANCE”
NG © Replace ECM and/or combination meter. ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-641
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 4)
Component Inspection
ECM 94 - 86
SEL723Y Approx. 108 - 132
Combination meter 26 - 27
EL-642
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 5)
SMA for VIN >SJNxxAN16U0522332 Component Parts and Harness Connector Location
MA
EM
LC
YEL502E
EC
FE
CL
MT
System Description NJEL0701
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- AT
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many
electonic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with
other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with AX
2 communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wir-
ing. Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-643
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 5)
Wiring Diagram — CAN — SMA for VIN >SJNxxAN16U0522332
Wiring Diagram — CAN — NJEL0702
LHD MODELS NJEL0702S01
YEL280F
EL-644
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 5)
Wiring Diagram — CAN — (Cont’d)
RHD MODELS NJEL0702S02
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL281F
EL-645
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 5)
Trouble Diagnoses SMA for VIN >SJNxxAN16U0522332
Trouble Diagnoses NJEL0703
WORK FLOW NJEL0703S01
1. Print all the data of “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” and “CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR” for “ENGINE”, “ABS” and
“SMART ENTRANCE” displayed on CONSULT-II. Refer to the following.
I “DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE” (WITH EURO-OBD) (EC-129) for “ENGINE”
I “DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE” (WITHOUT EURO-OBD) (EC-513) for “ENGINE”
I “CAN Communication Lines” (BR-111) for “ABS”
I “CAN Communication Line Check” (EL-418) for “SMART ENTRANCE”.
2. Attach the printed sheet of “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” and “CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR” onto the check
sheet. Refer to “CHECK SHEET” (EL-647).
3. Based on the “CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR” results, put “v” marks onto the items with “UNKWN” or “NG”
in the check sheet table. Refer to “CHECK SHEET” (EL-647).
NOTE:
I If “NG” is displayed on “INITIAL DIAG (Initial diagnosis)” as “CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR” for the diag-
nosed control unit, replace the control unit.
I The “CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR” items, which are not in check sheet table, are not related to diagnos-
tic procedure on service manual.
So it is not necessary to check the status of “CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR” items which are not indicated
in check sheet table.
4. According to the check sheet results (example), start inspection. Refer to “CHECK SHEET RESULTS
(EXAMPLE)” (EL-648).
EL-646
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 5)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
CHECK SHEET NJEL0703S02
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL168F
EL-647
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 5)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
CHECK SHEET RESULTS (EXAMPLE) NJEL0703S03
NOTE:
If “NG” is displayed on “INITIAL DIAG (Initial diagnosis)” as “CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR” for the
diagnosed control unit, replace control unit.
Case 1 NJEL0703S0301
Check harness between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and smart entrance control unit. Refer to
“CIRCUIT CHECK BETWEEN ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) AND SMART
ENTRANCE CONTROL UNIT” (EL-650).
YEL205F
Case 2 NJEL0703S0302
Check ECM circuit. Refer to “ECM CIRCUIT CHECK” (EL-652).
YEL207F
Case 3 NJEL0703S0303
Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) circuit. Refer to “ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT
(CONTROL UNIT)” (EL-653).
YEL206F
EL-648
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 5)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
Case 4 =NJEL0703S0304
Check smart entrance control unit circuit. Refer to “SMART ENTRANCE CONTROL UNIT CIRCUIT CHECK”
(EL-654). GI
MA
EM
LC
YEL208F EC
Case 5
Check combination meter circuit. Refer to “COMBINATION METER CIRCUIT CHECK” (EL-655).
NJEL0703S0305
FE
CL
MT
AT
YEL209F AX
Case 6 NJEL0703S0306 SU
Check CAN communication circuit. Refer to “CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT CHECK” (EL-656).
BR
ST
RS
YEL210F
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-649
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 5)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
CIRCUIT CHECK BETWEEN ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) AND
SMART ENTRANCE CONTROL UNIT NJEL0703S04
1 CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Check following terminals and connector for damage, bend and loose connection (connector side and harness side).
LHD models
I Harness connector F115
I Harness connector M202
RHD models
I Harness connector E174
I Harness connector M159
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 2.
NG © Repair terminal or connector.
YEL961E
RHD models
I Continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector E217 terminals 26 (L), 15 (R) and
harness connector E174 terminals 3 (L), 7 (R)
YEL511E
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 3.
NG © Repair harness.
EL-650
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 5)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
EM
LC
EC
FE
YEL962E
RHD models
I Continuity between harness connector M159 terminals 3 (L), 7 (R) and smart entrance control unit connector M193 ter-
minals 8 (L), 11 (R) (RHD models)
CL
MT
AT
AX
YEL982E
SU
OK or NG
OK © Reconnect all connectors to perform “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” and “CAN DIAG SUP-
BR
PORT MNTR” for “ENGINE”, “ABS” and “SMART ENTRANCE” displayed on CONSULT-
II. Refer to the following.
I “DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE” (WITH EURO-OBD) (EC-129) for
ST
“ENGINE”
I “DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE” (WITHOUT EURO-OBD) (EC-
513) for “ENGINE” RS
I “CAN Communication Lines” (BR-111) for “ABS”
I “CAN Communication Line Check” (EL-418) for “SMART ENTRANCE”
BT
NG © Repair harness.
HA
SC
IDX
EL-651
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 5)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
ECM CIRCUIT CHECK NJEL0703S05
1 CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Check following terminals and connector for damage, bend and loose connection (control module side and harness
side).
LHD models
I ECM
RHD models
I ECM
I Harness connector F43
I Harness connector E225
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 2.
NG © Repair terminal or connector.
SEL812Y
OK or NG
OK © Replace ECM.
NG © Repair harness between ECM and ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
EL-652
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 5)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) CIRCUIT CHECK =NJEL0703S06
1 CHECK CONNECTOR GI
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Check following terminals and connector for damage, bend and loose connection (control unit side and harness side). MA
LHD models
I ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
I Harness connector E225 EM
I Harness connector F43
RHD models
I ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) LC
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 2. EC
NG © Repair terminal or connector.
FE
2 CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector.
2. Check resistance between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector E217 terminals 26 (L) and 15 CL
(R).
MT
AT
AX
SU
YEL608E
OK or NG BR
OK © Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
NG © Repair harness between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and harness con-
nector F115 (LHD models).
ST
Repair harness between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and harness con-
nector E174 (RHD models).
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-653
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 5)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
SMART ENTRANCE CONTROL UNIT CIRCUIT CHECK =NJEL0703S07
1 CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Check terminals and connector of smart entrance control unit for damage, bend and loose connection (control unit side
and harness side).
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 2.
NG © Repair terminal or connector.
SEL814Y
OK or NG
OK © Replace smart entrance control unit.
NG © Repair harness between smart entrance control unit and data link connector.
EL-654
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 5)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
COMBINATION METER CIRCUIT CHECK =NJEL0703S08
1 CHECK CONNECTOR GI
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Check terminals and connector of combination meter for damage, bend and loose connection (meter side and harness MA
side).
OK or NG
EM
OK © GO TO 2.
NG © Repair terminal or connector.
LC
2 CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect combination meter connector.
EC
2. Check resistance between combination meter harness connector M171 terminals 26 (L) and 27 (R).
FE
CL
MT
AT
SEL815Y
OK or NG AX
OK © Replace combination meter.
NG © Repair harness between combination meter and smart entrance control unit. SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-655
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 5)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT CHECK =NJEL0703S09
1 CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Check following terminals and connector for damage, bend and loose connection (meter side, control unit side, control
module side and harness side).
I Combination meter
I Smart entrance control unit
I ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
I ECM
I Between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and data link connector (LHD models)
I Between ECM and data link connector (RHD models)
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 2.
NG © Repair terminal or connector.
SEL816Y
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 3.
NG © I Repair harness between data link connector and harness connector M202 (LHD mod-
els) or M159 (RHD models).
I Repair harness between data link connector and smart entrance control unit.
I Repair harness between data link connector and combination meter.
EL-656
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 5)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
MA
EM
LC
SEL817Y EC
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 4. FE
NG © I Repair harness between data link connector and harness connector M202 (LHD mod-
els) or M159 (RHD models).
I Repair harness between data link connector and smart entrance control unit. CL
I Repair harness between data link connector and combination meter.
MT
4 CHECK HARNESS FOR SHORT CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect ECM connector and harness connector F43.
2. Check continuity between ECM harness connector F114 terminals 94 (L) and 86 (R). AT
AX
SU
BR
SEL820Y ST
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 5. RS
NG © I Repair harness between ECM and harness connector F43.
I Repair harness between ECM and harness connector F115 (LHD models).
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-657
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 5)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
SEL821Y
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 6.
NG © I Repair harness between ECM and harness connector F43.
I Repair harness between ECM and harness connector F115 (LHD models).
YEL455E
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 7.
NG © I Repair harness between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and harness con-
nector E225.
I Repair harness between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and harness con-
nector E174 (RHD models).
EL-658
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 5)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
MA
EM
LC
EC
YEL456E
OK or NG
FE
OK © GO TO 8.
NG © I Repair harness between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and harness con-
nector E225. CL
I Repair harness between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and harness con-
nector E174 (RHD models).
MT
8 ECM/COMBINATION METER INTERNAL CIRCUIT INSPECTION
Check components inspection. Refer to “ECM/COMBINATION METER INTERNAL CIRCUIT INSPECTION” (EL-660). AT
OK or NG
OK © Reconnect all connectors to perform “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” and “CAN DIAG SUP- AX
PORT MNTR” for “ENGINE”, “ABS” and “SMART ENTRANCE” displayed on CONSULT-
II. Refer to the following.
I “DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE” (WITH EURO-OBD) (EC-129) for SU
“ENGINE”
I “DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE” (WITHOUT EURO-OBD) (EC-
513) for “ENGINE” BR
I “CAN Communication Lines” (BR-111) for “ABS”
I “CAN Communication Line Check” (EL-418) for “SMART ENTRANCE”
NG © Replace ECM and/or combination meter. ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-659
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 5)
Component Inspection
ECM 94 - 86
SEL723Y Approx. 108 - 132
Combination meter 26 - 27
EL-660
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 6)
SMA for VIN >SJNxxAN16U0522332 Component Parts and Harness Connector Location
MA
EM
LC
SEL822Y
EC
FE
CL
MT
System Description NJEL0706
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- AT
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many
electonic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with
other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with AX
2 communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wir-
ing. Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-661
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 6)
Wiring Diagram — CAN — SMA for VIN >SJNxxAN16U0522332
Wiring Diagram — CAN — NJEL0707
LHD MODELS NJEL0707S01
YEL282F
EL-662
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 6)
Wiring Diagram — CAN — (Cont’d)
RHD MODELS NJEL0707S02
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL283F
EL-663
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 6)
Trouble Diagnoses SMA for VIN >SJNxxAN16U0522332
Trouble Diagnoses NJEL0708
WORK FLOW NJEL0708S01
1. Print all the data of “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” and “CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR” for “ENGINE” and
“SMART ENTRANCE” displayed on CONSULT-II. Refer to the following.
I “DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE” (WITH EURO-OBD) (EC-129) for “ENGINE”
I “DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE” (WITHOUT EURO-OBD) (EC-513) for “ENGINE”
I “CAN Communication Line Check” (EL-418) for “SMART ENTRANCE”.
2. Attach the printed sheet of “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” and “CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR” onto the check
sheet. Refer to “CHECK SHEET” (EL-665).
3. Based on the “CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR” results, put “v” marks onto the items with “UNKWN” or “NG”
in the check sheet table. Refer to “CHECK SHEET” (EL-665).
NOTE:
I If “NG” is displayed on “INITIAL DIAG (Initial diagnosis)” as “CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR” for the diag-
nosed control unit, replace the control unit.
I The “CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR” items, which are not in check sheet table, are not related to diagnos-
tic procedure on service manual.
So it is not necessary to check the status of “CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR” items which are not indicated
in check sheet table.
4. According to the check sheet results (example), start inspection. Refer to “CHECK SHEET RESULTS
(EXAMPLE)” (EL-666).
EL-664
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 6)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
CHECK SHEET NJEL0708S02
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL169F
EL-665
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 6)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
CHECK SHEET RESULTS (EXAMPLE) NJEL0708S03
NOTE:
If “NG” is displayed on “INITIAL DIAG (Initial diagnosis)” as “CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR” for the
diagnosed control unit, replace the control unit.
Case 1 NJEL0708S0301
Check ECM circuit. Refer to “ECM CIRCUIT CHECK” (EL-667).
YEL211F
Case 2 NJEL0708S0302
Check smart entrance control unit circuit. Refer to “SMART ENTRANCE CONTROL UNIT CIRCUIT CHECK”
(EL-668).
YEL212F
Case 3 NJEL0708S0303
Check combination meter circuit. Refer to “COMBINATION METER CIRCUIT CHECK” (EL-669).
YEL213F
EL-666
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 6)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
Case 4 =NJEL0708S0304
Check CAN communication circuit. Refer to “CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT CHECK” (EL-670).
GI
MA
EM
LC
YEL214F
EC
ECM CIRCUIT CHECK NJEL0708S04
1 CHECK CONNECTOR FE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Check following terminals and connector for damage, bend and loose connection (control module side and harness CL
side).
LHD models
I ECM MT
I Harness connector F115
I Harness connector M202
RHD models AT
I ECM
I Harness connector F43
I Harness connector E225 AX
I Harness connector E174
I Harness connector M159
OK or NG
SU
OK © GO TO 2.
NG © Repair terminal or connector. BR
BT
HA
SC
SEL812Y
OK or NG
OK © Replace ECM.
IDX
NG © Repair harness between ECM and smart entrance control unit.
EL-667
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 6)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
SMART ENTRANCE CONTROL UNIT CIRCUIT CHECK =NJEL0708S05
1 CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Check terminals and connector of smart entrance control unit for damage, bend and loose connection (control unit side
and harness side).
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 2.
NG © Repair terminal or connector.
SEL814Y
OK or NG
OK © Replace smart entrance control unit.
NG © Repair harness between smart entrance control unit and data link connector.
EL-668
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 6)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
COMBINATION METER CIRCUIT CHECK =NJEL0708S06
1 CHECK CONNECTOR GI
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Check terminals and connector of combination meter for damage, bend and loose connection (meter side and harness MA
side).
OK or NG
EM
OK © GO TO 2.
NG © Repair terminal or connector.
LC
2 CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect combination meter connector.
EC
2. Check resistance between combination meter harness connector M171 terminals 26 (L) and 27 (R).
FE
CL
MT
AT
SEL815Y
OK or NG AX
OK © Replace combination meter.
NG © Repair harness between combination meter and smart entrance control unit. SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-669
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 6)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT CHECK =NJEL0708S07
1 CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Check following terminals and connector for damage, bend and loose connection (meter side, control unit side, control
module side and harness side).
I Combination meter
I Smart entrance control unit
I ECM
I Between ECM and smart entrance control unit
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 2.
NG © Repair terminal or connector.
SEL816Y
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 3.
NG © I Repair harness between data link connector and harness connector M202 (LHD mod-
els) or M159 (RHD models).
I Repair harness between data link connector and smart entrance control unit.
I Repair harness between data link connector and combination meter.
EL-670
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 6)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
MA
EM
LC
SEL817Y EC
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 6. (LHD models) FE
GO TO 4. (RHD models)
NG © I Repair harness between data link connector and harness connector M202 (LHD mod-
els) or M159 (RHD models). CL
I Repair harness between data link connector and smart entrance control unit.
I Repair harness between data link connector and combination meter.
MT
4 CHECK HARNESS FOR SHORT CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect harness connector E225. AT
2. Check continuity between harness connector E225 terminals 3 (L) and 7 (R).
AX
SU
BR
ST
SEL818Y
OK or NG
RS
OK © GO TO 5.
NG © Repair harness between harness connector E225 and harness connector E174.
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-671
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 6)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
SEL819Y
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 6.
NG © Repair harness between harness connector E225 and harness connector E174.
SEL820Y
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 7.
NG © Repair harness between ECM and harness connector F115 (LHD models) or F43 (RHD
models).
EL-672
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 6)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
MA
EM
LC
SEL821Y EC
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 8. FE
NG © Repair harness between ECM and harness connector F115 (LHD models) or F43 (RHD
models).
CL
8 ECM/COMBINATION METER INTERNAL CIRCUIT INSPECTION
Check components inspection. Refer to “ECM/COMBINATION METER INTERNAL CIRCUIT INSPECTION” (EL-673). MT
OK or NG
OK © Reconnect all connectors to perform “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” and “DATA MONITOR” for AT
“ENGINE” and “SMART ENTRANCE” displayed on CONSULT-II. Refer to the following.
I “DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE” (WITH EURO-OBD) (EC-129) for
“ENGINE” AX
I “DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE” (WITHOUT EURO-OBD) (EC-
513) for “ENGINE”
I “CAN Communication Line Check” (EL-418) for “SMART ENTRANCE” SU
NG © Replace ECM and/or combination meter.
BR
IDX
EL-673
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 7)
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location SMA for VIN >SJNxxAN16U0522332
Component Parts and Harness Connector
Location NJEL0710
YEL495E
EL-674
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 7)
SMA for VIN >SJNxxAN16U0522332 Wiring Diagram — CAN —
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL284F
EL-675
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 7)
Wiring Diagram — CAN — (Cont’d)
RHD MODELS NJEL0712S02
YEL285F
EL-676
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 7)
SMA for VIN >SJNxxAN16U0522332 Trouble Diagnoses
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-677
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 7)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
CHECK SHEET NJEL0713S02
YEL170F
EL-678
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 7)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
CHECK SHEET RESULTS (EXAMPLE) NJEL0713S03
NOTE:
If “NG” is displayed on “INITIAL DIAG (Initial diagnosis)” as “CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR” for the GI
diagnosed control unit, replace the control unit.
Case 1 NJEL0713S0301 MA
Check harness between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and smart entrance control unit. Refer to
“CIRCUIT CHECK BETWEEN ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) AND SMART
ENTRANCE CONTROL UNIT” (EL-682). EM
LC
EC
FE
YEL215F CL
Case 2
Check harness between smart entrance control unit and steering angle sensor. Refer to “CIRCUIT CHECK
NJEL0713S0302
MT
BETWEEN SMART ENTRANCE CONTROL UNIT AND STEERING ANGLE SENSOR” (EL-684).
AT
AX
SU
BR
YEL216F
Case 3 ST
NJEL0713S0303
Check ECM circuit. Refer to “ECM CIRCUIT CHECK” (EL-685).
RS
BT
HA
SC
YEL217F
IDX
EL-679
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 7)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
Case 4 =NJEL0713S0304
Check ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) circuit. Refer to “ABS ACTUATOR AND
ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) CIRCUIT CHECK” (EL-686).
YEL218F
Case 5 NJEL0713S0305
Check smart entrance control unit circuit. Refer to “SMART ENTRANCE CONTROL UNIT CIRCUIT CHECK”
(EL-687).
YEL220F
Case 6 NJEL0713S0306
Check steering angle sensor circuit. Refer to “STEERING ANGLE SENSOR CIRCUIT CHECK” (EL-688).
YEL219F
EL-680
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 7)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
Case 7 =NJEL0713S0307
Check combination meter circuit. Refer to “COMBINATION METER CIRCUIT CHECK” (EL-689).
GI
MA
EM
LC
YEL221F
EC
Case 8 NJEL0713S0308
Check CAN communication circuit. Refer to “CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT CHECK” (EL-690).
FE
CL
MT
AT
YEL222F
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-681
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 7)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
CIRCUIT CHECK BETWEEN ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) AND
SMART ENTRANCE CONTROL UNIT =NJEL0713S04
1 CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Check following terminals and connector for damage, bend and loose connection (connector side and harness side).
LHD models
I Harness connector F115
I Harness connector M202
RHD models
I Harness connector E174
I Harness connector M159
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 2.
NG © Repair terminal or connector.
YEL233F
RHD models
I Continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector E218 terminals 11 (L), 15 (R) and
harness connector E174 terminals 3 (L), 7 (R)
YEL500E
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 3.
NG © Repair harness.
EL-682
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 7)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
EM
LC
EC
FE
YEL501E
RHD models
I Continuity between harness connector M159 terminals 3 (L), 7 (R) and smart entrance control unit connector M193 ter-
minals 8 (L), 11 (R)
CL
MT
AT
AX
SEL810Y
SU
OK or NG
OK © Reconnect all connectors to perform “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” and “DATA MONITOR” for
BR
“ENGINE”, “ABS” and “SMART ENTRANCE” displayed on CONSULT-II. Refer to the fol-
lowing.
I “DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE” (WITH EURO-OBD) (EC-832) for
ST
“ENGINE”
I “DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE” (WITHOUT EURO-OBD) (EC-1134) for
“ENGINE” RS
I “Inspection 13 CAN Communication System” (BR-82) for “ABS”
I “CAN Communication Line Check” (EL-418) for “SMART ENTRANCE”
BT
NG © Repair harness.
HA
SC
IDX
EL-683
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 7)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
CIRCUIT CHECK BETWEEN SMART ENTRANCE CONTROL UNIT AND STEERING ANGLE
SENSOR NJEL0713S05
YEL618E
OK or NG
OK © Reconnect all connectors to perform “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” and “DATA MONITOR” for
“ENGINE”, “ABS” and “SMART ENTRANCE” displayed on CONSULT-II. Refer to the fol-
lowing.
I “DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE” (WITH EURO-OBD) (EC-832) for
“ENGINE”
I “DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE” (WITHOUT EURO-OBD) (EC-1134) for
“ENGINE”
I “Inspection 13 CAN Communication System” (BR-82) for “ABS”
I “CAN Communication Line Check” (EL-418) for “SMART ENTRANCE”
NG © Repair harness.
EL-684
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 7)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
ECM CIRCUIT CHECK =NJEL0713S06
1 CHECK CONNECTOR GI
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Check following terminals and connector for damage, bend and loose connection (control module side and harness MA
side).
LHD models
I ECM EM
RHD moidels
I ECM
I Harness connector F43 LC
I Harness connector E225
OK or NG
EC
OK © GO TO 2.
NG © Repair terminal or connector.
FE
2 CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect ECM connector. CL
2. Check resistance between ECM harness connector F114 terminals 95 (L) and 87 (R).
MT
AT
AX
SU
YEL438E
OK or NG BR
OK © Replace ECM.
NG © Repair harness between ECM and ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-685
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 7)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) CIRCUIT CHECK =NJEL0713S07
1 CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Check following terminals and connector for damage, bend and loose connection (control unit side and harness side).
LHD models
I ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
I Harness connector E225
I Harness connector F43
RHD models
I ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 2.
NG © Repair terminal or connector.
YEL423E
OK or NG
OK © Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
NG © Repair harness between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and harness con-
nector F115 (LHD models).
Repair harness between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and harness con-
nector E174 (RHD models).
EL-686
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 7)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
SMART ENTRANCE CONTROL UNIT CIRCUIT CHECK =NJEL0713S08
1 CHECK CONNECTOR GI
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Check the terminals and connector of smart entrance control unit for damage, bend and loose connection (control unit MA
side and harness side).
OK or NG
EM
OK © GO TO 2.
NG © Repair terminal or connector.
LC
2 CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect smart entrance control unit connector.
EC
2. Check resistance between smart entrance control unit harness connector M193 terminals 8 (L) and 11 (R).
FE
CL
MT
AT
SEL814Y
OK or NG AX
OK © Replace smart entrance control unit.
NG © Repair harness between smart entrance control unit and steering angle sensor. SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-687
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 7)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR CIRCUIT CHECK =NJEL0713S09
1 CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Check the terminals and connector of steering angle sensor for damage, bend and loose connection (sensor side and
harness side).
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 2.
NG © Repair terminal or connector.
YEL424E
OK or NG
OK © Replace smart entrance control unit.
NG © Repair harness between steering angle sensor and data link connector.
EL-688
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 7)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
COMBINATION METER CIRCUIT CHECK =NJEL0713S10
1 CHECK CONNECTOR GI
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Check following terminals and connector of combination meter for damage, bend and loose connection (meter side and MA
harness side).
OK or NG
EM
OK © GO TO 2.
NG © Repair terminal or connector.
LC
2 CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect combination meter connector.
EC
2. Check resistance between combination meter harness connector M171 terminals 26 (L) and 27 (R).
FE
CL
MT
AT
SEL815Y
OK or NG AX
OK © Replace combination meter.
NG © Repair harness between combination meter and steering angle sensor. SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-689
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 7)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT CHECK =NJEL0713S11
1 CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Check following terminals and connector of combination meter for damage, bend and loose connection (meter side,
control unit side, control module side and harness side).
I Combination meter
I Steering angle sensor
I Smart entrance control unit
I ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
I ECM
I Between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and data link connector (LHD models)
I Between ECM and data link connector (RHD models)
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 2.
NG © Repair terminal or connector.
SEL816Y
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 3.
NG © I Repair harness between data link connector and harness connector M202 (LHD mod-
els) or M159 (RHD models).
I Repair harness between data link connector and smart entrance control unit.
I Repair harness between data link connector and steering angle sensor.
I Repair harness between data link connector and combination meter.
EL-690
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 7)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
MA
EM
LC
SEL817Y EC
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 4. FE
NG © I Repair harness between data link connector and harness connector M202 (LHD mod-
els) or M159 (RHD models).
I Repair harness between data link connector and smart entrance control unit. CL
I Repair harness between data link connector and steering angle sensor.
I Repair harness between data link connector and combination meter.
MT
4 CHECK HARNESS FOR SHORT CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect ECM connector and harness connector F43. AT
2. Check continuity between ECM harness connector F114 terminals 95 (L) and 87 (R).
AX
SU
BR
ST
YEL439E
OK or NG
RS
OK © GO TO 5.
NG © Repair harness between ECM and harness connector F115 (LHD models).
Repair harness between ECM and harness connector F43.
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-691
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 7)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
YEL440E
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 6.
NG © Repair harness between ECM and harness connector F115 (LHD models).
Repair harness between ECM and harness connector F43.
YEL426E
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 7.
NG © Repair harness between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and harness con-
nector E225.
Repair harness between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and harness con-
nector E174 (RHD models).
EL-692
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 7)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
MA
EM
LC
EC
YEL427E
OK or NG
FE
OK © GO TO 8.
NG © Repair harness between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and harness con-
nector E225. CL
Repair harness between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and harness con-
nector E174 (RHD models).
MT
8 ECM/COMBINATION METER INTERNAL CIRCUIT INSPECTION
Check components inspection. Refer to “ECM/COMBINATION METER INTERNAL CIRCUIT INSPECTION” (EL-694). AT
OK or NG
OK © Reconnect all connectors to perform “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” and “DATA MONITOR” for AX
“ENGINE”, “ABS” and “SMART ENTRANCE” displayed on CONSULT-II. Refer to the fol-
lowing.
I “DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE” (WITH EURO-OBD) (EC-832) for SU
“ENGINE”
I “DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE” (WITHOUT EURO-OBD) (EC-1134) for
“ENGINE” BR
I “Inspection 13 CAN Communication System” (BR-82) for “ABS”
I “CAN Communication Line Check” (EL-418) for “SMART ENTRANCE”
NG © Replace ECM and/or combination meter. ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-693
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 7)
Component Inspection
ECM 95 - 87
SEL723Y Approx. 108 - 132
Combination meter 26 - 27
EL-694
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 8)
SMA for VIN >SJNxxAN16U0522332 Component Parts and Harness Connector Location
MA
EM
LC
YEL502E
EC
FE
CL
MT
System Description NJEL0716
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- AT
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many
electonic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with
other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with AX
2 communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wir-
ing. Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-695
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 8)
Wiring Diagram — CAN — SMA for VIN >SJNxxAN16U0522332
Wiring Diagram — CAN — NJEL0717
LHD MODELS NJEL0717S01
YEL286F
EL-696
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 8)
Wiring Diagram — CAN — (Cont’d)
RHD MODELS NJEL0717S02
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL287F
EL-697
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 8)
Trouble Diagnoses SMA for VIN >SJNxxAN16U0522332
EL-698
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 8)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
CHECK SHEET NJEL0718S02
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL171F
EL-699
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 8)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
CHECK SHEET RESULTS (EXAMPLE) NJEL0718S03
NOTE:
If “NG” is displayed on “INITIAL DIAG (Initial diagnosis)” as “CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR” for the
diagnosed control unit, replace control unit.
Case 1 NJEL0718S0301
Check harness between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and smart entrance control unit. Refer to
“CIRCUIT CHECK BETWEEN ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) AND SMART
ENTRANCE CONTROL UNIT” (EL-702).
YEL223F
Case 2 NJEL0718S0302
Check ECM circuit. Refer to “ECM CIRCUIT CHECK” (EL-704).
YEL224F
Case 3 NJEL0718S0303
Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) circuit. Refer to “ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT
(CONTROL UNIT) CIRCUIT CHECK” (EL-705).
YEL225F
EL-700
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 8)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
Case 4 =NJEL0718S0304
Check smart entrance control unit circuit. Refer to “SMART ENTRANCE CONTROL UNIT CIRCUIT CHECK”
(EL-706). GI
MA
EM
LC
YEL226F EC
Case 5
Check combination meter circuit. Refer to “COMBINATION METER CIRCUIT CHECK” (EL-707).
NJEL0718S0305
FE
CL
MT
AT
YEL227F AX
Case 6 NJEL0718S0306 SU
Check CAN communication circuit. Refer to “CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT CHECK” (EL-708).
BR
ST
RS
YEL228F
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-701
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 8)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
CIRCUIT CHECK BETWEEN ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) AND
SMART ENTRANCE CONTROL UNIT =NJEL0718S04
1 CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Check following terminals and connector for damage, bend and loose connection (connector side and harness side).
LHD models
I Harness connector F115
I Harness connector M202
RHD models
I Harness connector E174
I Harness connector M159
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 2.
NG © Repair terminal or connector.
YEL233F
RHD models
I Continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector E217 terminals 26 (L), 15 (R) and
harness connector E174 terminals 3 (L), 7 (R)
YEL511E
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 3.
NG © Repair harness.
EL-702
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 8)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
EM
LC
EC
FE
YEL501E
RHD models
I Continuity between harness connector M159 terminals 3 (L), 7 (R) and smart entrance control unit connector M193 ter-
minals 8 (L), 11 (R) (RHD models)
CL
MT
AT
AX
SEL810Y
SU
OK or NG
OK © Reconnect all connectors to perform “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” and “DATA MONITOR” for
BR
“ENGINE”, “A/T” and “SMART ENTRANCE” displayed on CONSULT-II. Refer to the fol-
lowing.
I “DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE” (WITH EURO-OBD) (EC-832) for
ST
“ENGINE”
I “DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE” (WITHOUT EURO-OBD) (EC-1134) for
“ENGINE” RS
I “CAN Communication Lines” (BR-111) for “ABS”
I “CAN Communication Line Check” (EL-418) for “SMART ENTRANCE”
BT
NG © Repair harness.
HA
SC
IDX
EL-703
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 8)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
ECM CIRCUIT CHECK =NJEL0718S05
1 CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Check following terminals and connector for damage, bend and loose connection (control module side and harness
side).
LHD models
I ECM
RHD models
I ECM
I Harness connector F43
I Harness connector E225
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 2.
NG © Repair terminal or connector.
YEL438E
OK or NG
OK © Replace ECM.
NG © Repair harness between ECM and ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
EL-704
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 8)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) CIRCUIT CHECK =NJEL0718S06
1 CHECK CONNECTOR GI
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Check following terminals and connector for damage, bend and loose connection (control unit side and harness side). MA
LHD models
I ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
I Harness connector E225 EM
I Harness connector F43
RHD models
I ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) LC
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 2. EC
NG © Repair terminal or connector.
FE
2 CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector.
2. Check resistance between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector E217 terminals 26 (L) and 15 CL
(R).
MT
AT
AX
SU
YEL608E
OK or NG BR
OK © Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
NG © Repair harness between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and harness con-
nector F115 (LHD models).
ST
Repair harness between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and harness con-
nector E174 (RHD models).
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-705
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 8)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
SMART ENTRANCE CONTROL UNIT CIRCUIT CHECK =NJEL0718S07
1 CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Check the terminals and connector of smart entrance control unit for damage, bend and loose connection (control unit
side and harness side).
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 2.
NG © Repair terminal or connector.
SEL814Y
OK or NG
OK © Replace smart entrance control unit.
NG © Repair harness between smart entrance control unit and data link connector.
EL-706
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 8)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
COMBINATION METER CIRCUIT CHECK =NJEL0718S08
1 CHECK CONNECTOR GI
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Check following terminals and connector of combination meter for damage, bend and loose connection (meter side and MA
harness side).
OK or NG
EM
OK © GO TO 2.
NG © Repair terminal or connector.
LC
2 CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect combination meter connector.
EC
2. Check resistance between combination meter harness connector M171 terminals 26 (L) and 27 (R).
FE
CL
MT
AT
SEL815Y
OK or NG AX
OK © Replace combination meter.
NG © Repair harness between combination meter and smart entrance control unit. SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-707
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 8)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT CHECK =NJEL0718S09
1 CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Check following terminals and connector of combination meter for damage, bend and loose connection (meter side,
control unit side, control module side and harness side).
I Combination meter
I Smart entrance control unit
I ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
I ECM
I Between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and data link connector (LHD models)
I Between ECM and data link connector (RHD models)
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 2.
NG © Repair terminal or connector.
SEL816Y
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 3.
NG © I Repair harness between data link connector and harness connector M202 (LHD mod-
els) or M159 (RHD models).
I Repair harness between data link connector and smart entrance control unit.
I Repair harness between data link connector and combination meter.
EL-708
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 8)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
MA
EM
LC
SEL817Y EC
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 4. FE
NG © I Repair harness between data link connector and harness connector M202 (LHD mod-
els) or M159 (RHD models).
I Repair harness between data link connector and smart entrance control unit. CL
I Repair harness between data link connector and combination meter.
MT
4 CHECK HARNESS FOR SHORT CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect ECM connector and harness connector F43.
2. Check continuity between ECM harness connector F114 terminals 95 (L) and 87 (R). AT
AX
SU
BR
YEL439E ST
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 5. RS
NG © Repair harness between ECM and harness connector F115 (LHD models).
Repair harness between ECM and harness connector F43.
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-709
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 8)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
YEL440E
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 6.
NG © Repair harness between ECM and harness connector F115 (LHD models).
Repair harness between ECM and harness connector F43.
YEL455E
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 7.
NG © I Repair harness between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and harness con-
nector E225.
I Repair harness between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and harness con-
nector E174 (RHD models).
EL-710
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 8)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
MA
EM
LC
EC
YEL456E
OK or NG
FE
OK © GO TO 8.
NG © I Repair harness between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and harness con-
nector E225. CL
I Repair harness between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and harness con-
nector E174 (RHD models).
MT
8 ECM/COMBINATION METER INTERNAL CIRCUIT INSPECTION
Check components inspection. Refer to “ECM/COMBINATION METER INTERNAL CIRCUIT INSPECTION” (EL-712). AT
OK or NG
OK © Reconnect all connectors to perform “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” and “DATA MONITOR” for AX
“ENGINE”, “ABS” and “SMART ENTRANCE” displayed on CONSULT-II. Refer to the fol-
lowing.
I “DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE” (WITH EURO-OBD) (EC-832) for SU
“ENGINE”
I “DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE” (WITHOUT EURO-OBD) (EC-1134) for
“ENGINE” BR
I “CAN Communication Lines” (BR-111) for “ABS”
I “CAN Communication Line Check” (EL-418) for “SMART ENTRANCE”
NG © Replace ECM and/or combination meter. ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-711
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 8)
Component Inspection
ECM 95 - 87
SEL723Y Approx. 108 - 132
Combination meter 26 - 27
EL-712
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 9)
SMA for VIN >SJNxxAN16U0522332 Component Parts and Harness Connector Location
MA
EM
LC
SEL822Y
EC
FE
CL
MT
System Description NJEL0721
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- AT
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many
electonic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with
other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with AX
2 communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wir-
ing. Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-713
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 9)
Wiring Diagram — CAN — SMA for VIN >SJNxxAN16U0522332
Wiring Diagram — CAN — NJEL0722
LHD MODELS NJEL0722S01
YEL288F
EL-714
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 9)
Wiring Diagram — CAN — (Cont’d)
RHD MODELS NJEL0722S02
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL289F
EL-715
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 9)
Trouble Diagnoses SMA for VIN >SJNxxAN16U0522332
Trouble Diagnoses NJEL0723
WORK FLOW NJEL0723S01
1. Print all the data of “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” and “CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR” for “ENGINE” and
“SMART ENTRANCE” displayed on CONSULT-II. Refer to the following.
I “DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE” (WITH-OBD) (EC-832) for “ENGINE”
I “DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE” (WITHOUT EURO-OBD) (EC-1134) for “ENGINE”
I “CAN Communication Line Check” (EL-418) for “SMART ENTRANCE”.
2. Attach the printed sheet of “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” and “CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR” onto the check
sheet. Refer to “CHECK SHEET” (EL-717).
3. Based on the “CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR” results, put “v” marks onto the items with “UNKWN” or “NG”
in the check sheet table. Refer to “CHECK SHEET” (EL-717).
NOTE:
I If “NG” is displayed on “INITIAL DIAG (Initial diagnosis)” as “CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR” for the diag-
nosed control unit, replace the control unit.
I The “CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR” items, which are not in check sheet table, are not related to diagnos-
tic procedure on service manual.
So it is not necessary to check the status of “CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR” items which are not indicated
in check sheet table.
4. According to the check sheet results (example), start inspection. Refer to “CHECK SHEET RESULTS
(EXAMPLE)” (EL-718).
EL-716
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 9)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
CHECK SHEET NJEL0723S02
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL172F
EL-717
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 9)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
CHECK SHEET RESULTS (EXAMPLE) NJEL0723S03
NOTE:
If “NG” is displayed on “INITIAL DIAG (Initial diagnosis)” as “CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR” for the
diagnosed control unit, replace the control unit.
Case 1 NJEL0723S0301
Check ECM circuit. Refer to “ECM CIRCUIT CHECK” (EL-719).
YEL229F
Case 2 NJEL0723S0302
Check smart entrance control unit circuit. Refer to “SMART ENTRANCE CONTROL UNIT CIRCUIT CHECK”
(EL-720).
YEL230F
Case 3 NJEL0723S0303
Check combination meter circuit. Refer to “COMBINATION METER CIRCUIT CHECK” (EL-721).
YEL231F
EL-718
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 9)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
Case 4 =NJEL0723S0304
Check CAN communication circuit. Refer to “CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT CHECK” (EL-722).
GI
MA
EM
LC
YEL232F
EC
ECM CIRCUIT CHECK NJEL0723S04
1 CHECK CONNECTOR FE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Check following terminals and connector for damage, bend and loose connection (control module side and harness CL
side).
LHD models
I ECM MT
I Harness connector F115
I Harness connector M202
RHD models AT
I ECM
I Harness connector F43
I Harness connector E225 AX
I Harness connector E174
I Harness connector M159
OK or NG
SU
OK © GO TO 2.
NG © Repair terminal or connector. BR
BT
HA
SC
YEL438E
OK or NG
OK © Replace ECM.
IDX
NG © Repair harness between ECM and smart entrance control unit.
EL-719
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 9)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
SMART ENTRANCE CONTROL UNIT CIRCUIT CHECK =NJEL0723S05
1 CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Check terminals and connector of smart entrance control unit for damage, bend and loose connection (control unit side
and harness side).
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 2.
NG © Repair terminal or connector.
SEL814Y
OK or NG
OK © Replace smart entrance control unit.
NG © Repair harness between smart entrance control unit and data link connector.
EL-720
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 9)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
COMBINATION METER CIRCUIT CHECK =NJEL0723S06
1 CHECK CONNECTOR GI
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Check terminals and connector of combination meter for damage, bend and loose connection (meter side and harness MA
side).
OK or NG
EM
OK © GO TO 2.
NG © Repair terminal or connector.
LC
2 CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect combination meter connector.
EC
2. Check resistance between combination meter harness connector M171 terminals 26 (L) and 27 (R).
FE
CL
MT
AT
SEL815Y
OK or NG AX
OK © Replace combination meter.
NG © Repair harness between combination meter and smart entrance control unit. SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-721
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 9)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT CHECK =NJEL0723S07
1 CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Check following terminals and connector for damage, bend and loose connection (meter side, control unit side, control
module side and harness side).
I Combination meter
I Smart entrance control unit
I ECM
I Between ECM and data link connector
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 2.
NG © Repair terminal or connector.
SEL816Y
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 3.
NG © I Repair harness between data link connector and harness connector M202 (LHD mod-
els) or M159 (RHD models).
I Repair harness between data link connector and smart entrance control unit.
I Repair harness between data link connector and combination meter.
EL-722
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 9)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
MA
EM
LC
SEL817Y EC
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 6. (LHD models) FE
GO TO 4. (RHD models)
NG © I Repair harness between data link connector and harness connector M202 (LHD mod-
els) or M159 (RHD models). CL
I Repair harness between data link connector and smart entrance control unit.
I Repair harness between data link connector and combination meter.
MT
4 CHECK HARNESS FOR SHORT CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect harness connector E225. AT
2. Check continuity between harness connector E225 terminals 2 (L) and 7 (R).
AX
SU
BR
ST
YEL508E
OK or NG
RS
OK © GO TO 5.
NG © Repair harness between harness connector E225 and harness connector E174.
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-723
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 9)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
YEL509E
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 6.
NG © Repair harness between harness connector E225 and harness connector E174.
YEL439E
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 7.
NG © Repair harness between ECM and harness connector F115 (LHD models) or F43 (RHD
models).
EL-724
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 9)
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont’d)
MA
EM
LC
YEL440E EC
OK or NG
OK © GO TO 8. FE
NG © Repair harness between ECM and harness connector F115 (LHD models) or F43 (RHD
models).
CL
8 ECM/COMBINATION METER INTERNAL CIRCUIT INSPECTION
Check components inspection. Refer to “ECM/COMBINATION METER INTERNAL CIRCUIT INSPECTION” (EL-725). MT
OK or NG
OK © Reconnect all connectors to perform “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” and “DATA MONITOR” for AT
“ENGINE” and “SMART ENTRANCE” displayed on CONSULT-II. Refer to the following.
I “DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE” (WITH EURO-OBD) (EC-832) for
“ENGINE” AX
I “DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE” (WITHOUT EURO-OBD) (EC-1134) for
“ENGINE”
I “CAN Communication Line Check” (EL-418) for “SMART ENTRANCE” SU
NG © Replace ECM and/or combination meter.
BR
IDX
EL-725
ELECTRICAL UNITS LOCATION
Engine Compartment
YEL366F
EL-726
ELECTRICAL UNITS LOCATION
Engine Compartment (Cont’d)
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL853D
EL-727
ELECTRICAL UNITS LOCATION
Passenger Compartment/LHD Models
YEL296F
EL-728
ELECTRICAL UNITS LOCATION
Passenger Compartment/LHD Models (Cont’d)
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL612DA
EL-729
ELECTRICAL UNITS LOCATION
Passenger Compartment/RHD Models
YEL297F
EL-730
ELECTRICAL UNITS LOCATION
Passenger Compartment/RHD Models (Cont’d)
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL614DA
EL-731
HARNESS LAYOUT
How to Read Harness Layout
SEL252V
The following Harness Layouts use a map style grid to help locate connectors on the drawings:
I Main Harness
I Engine Room Harness (Engine Compartment)
I Engine Control Harness
I Body Harness
TO USE THE GRID REFERENCE NJEL0131S01
1. Find the desired connector number on the connector list.
2. Find the grid reference.
3. On the drawing, find the crossing of the grid reference letter column and number row.
4. Find the connector number in the crossing zone.
5. Follow the line (if used) to the connector.
CONNECTOR SYMBOL NJEL0131S02
Main symbols of connector (in Harness Layout) are indicated in the below.
Water proof type Standard type
Connector type
Male Female Male Female
I Cavity: From 5 to 8
EL-732
HARNESS LAYOUT
Outline/Sedan
Outline/Sedan NJEL0132
LHD MODELS NJEL0132S03
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
YEL727C
SU
NOTE:
For detailed ground distribution information, refer to “Ground Distribution”, “GROUND”, EL-24.
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-733
HARNESS LAYOUT
Outline/Sedan (Cont’d)
RHD MODELS NJEL0132S04
YEL728C
NOTE:
For detailed ground distribution information, refer to “Ground Distribution”, “GROUND”, EL-24.
EL-734
HARNESS LAYOUT
Outline/Hatchback
Outline/Hatchback NJEL0491
LHD MODELS NJEL0491S01
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
MEL177M
SU
NOTE:
For detailed ground distribution information, refer to “Ground Distribution”, “GROUND”, EL-24.
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-735
HARNESS LAYOUT
Outline/Hatchback (Cont’d)
RHD MODELS NJEL0491S02
MEL178M
NOTE:
For detailed ground distribution information, refer to “Ground Distribution”, “GROUND”, EL-24.
EL-736
HARNESS LAYOUT
Outline/Hatchback (Cont’d)
NOTE:
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-737
HARNESS LAYOUT
Main Harness SMA for VIN >SJNxxAN16U0522332
Main Harness NJEL0347
LHD MODELS NJEL0347S01
YEL583E
EL-738
HARNESS LAYOUT
Main Harness (Cont’d)
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL584EB
EL-739
HARNESS LAYOUT
Main Harness (Cont’d)
RHD MODELS NJEL0347S02
YEL585E
EL-740
HARNESS LAYOUT
Main Harness (Cont’d)
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL586EB
EL-741
HARNESS LAYOUT
Engine Room Harness SMA for VIN >SJNxxAN16U0522332
Engine Room Harness NJEL0342
ENGINE COMPARTMENT — LHD MODELS WITH QG ENGINE AND YD ENGINE NJEL0342S01
YEL587E
EL-742
HARNESS LAYOUT
Engine Room Harness (Cont’d)
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL588E
EL-743
HARNESS LAYOUT
Engine Room Harness (Cont’d)
ENGINE COMPARTMENT — LHD MODELS WITH K9K ENGINE NJEL0342S07
YEL856D
EL-744
HARNESS LAYOUT
Engine Room Harness (Cont’d)
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL857D
EL-745
HARNESS LAYOUT
Engine Room Harness (Cont’d)
ENGINE COMPARTMENT — RHD MODELS WITH QG ENGINE AND YD ENGINE NJEL0342S03
YEL364F
EL-746
HARNESS LAYOUT
Engine Room Harness (Cont’d)
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL365F
EL-747
HARNESS LAYOUT
Engine Room Harness (Cont’d)
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT — LHD MODELS NJEL0342S04
YEL591E
EL-748
HARNESS LAYOUT
Engine Room Harness (Cont’d)
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT — RHD MODELS NJEL0342S05
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL592E
EL-749
HARNESS LAYOUT
Engine Control Harness/QG Engine Models SMA for VIN >SJNxxAN16U0522332
Engine Control Harness/QG Engine Models NJEL0676
LHD MODELS NJEL0676S01
YEL627D
EL-750
HARNESS LAYOUT
Engine Control Harness/QG Engine Models (Cont’d)
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL628D
EL-751
HARNESS LAYOUT
Engine Control Harness/QG Engine Models (Cont’d)
RHD MODELS NJEL0676S02
YEL629D
EL-752
HARNESS LAYOUT
Engine Control Harness/QG Engine Models (Cont’d)
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL630D
EL-753
HARNESS LAYOUT
Engine Control Harness/YD Engine Models SMA for VIN >SJNxxAN16U0522332
Engine Control Harness/YD Engine Models NJEL0343
LHD MODELS (WITHOUT COMMON RAIL) NJEL0343S05
YEL635D
EL-754
HARNESS LAYOUT
Engine Control Harness/YD Engine Models (Cont’d)
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL636D
EL-755
HARNESS LAYOUT
Engine Control Harness/YD Engine Models (Cont’d)
RHD MODELS (WITHOUT COMMON RAIL) NJEL0343S06
YEL637D
EL-756
HARNESS LAYOUT
Engine Control Harness/YD Engine Models (Cont’d)
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL638D
EL-757
HARNESS LAYOUT
Engine Control Harness/YD Engine Models (Cont’d)
LHD MODELS (WITH COMMON RAIL) NJEL0343S01
YEL593E
EL-758
HARNESS LAYOUT
Engine Control Harness/YD Engine Models (Cont’d)
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL594E
EL-759
HARNESS LAYOUT
Engine Control Harness/YD Engine Models (Cont’d)
RHD MODELS (WITH COMMON RAIL) NJEL0343S02
YEL595E
EL-760
HARNESS LAYOUT
Engine Control Harness/YD Engine Models (Cont’d)
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL596E
EL-761
HARNESS LAYOUT
Engine Control Harness/K9K Engine Models SMA for VIN >SJNxxAN16U0522332
Engine Control Harness/K9K Engine Models NJEL0677
LHD MODELS NJEL0677S01
YEL859D
EL-762
HARNESS LAYOUT
Engine Control Harness/K9K Engine Models (Cont’d)
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL860D
EL-763
HARNESS LAYOUT
Body Harness/Sedan SMA for VIN >SJNxxAN16U0522332
Body Harness/Sedan NJEL0136
INTERIOR ROOM SIDE — LHD MODELS NJEL0136S01
YEL641D
EL-764
HARNESS LAYOUT
Body Harness/Sedan (Cont’d)
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL642D
EL-765
HARNESS LAYOUT
Body Harness/Sedan (Cont’d)
TRUNK ROOM SIDE — LHD MODELS NJEL0136S03
YEL751C
EL-766
HARNESS LAYOUT
Body Harness/Sedan (Cont’d)
NOTE:
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-767
HARNESS LAYOUT
Body Harness/Sedan (Cont’d)
INTERIOR ROOM SIDE — RHD MODELS NJEL0136S04
YEL643D
EL-768
HARNESS LAYOUT
Body Harness/Sedan (Cont’d)
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL644D
EL-769
HARNESS LAYOUT
Body Harness/Sedan (Cont’d)
TRUNK ROOM SIDE — RHD MODELS NJEL0136S06
YEL754C
EL-770
HARNESS LAYOUT
Body Harness/Sedan (Cont’d)
NOTE:
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-771
HARNESS LAYOUT
Body Harness/Hatchback SMA for VIN >SJNxxAN16U0522332
YEL645D
EL-772
HARNESS LAYOUT
Body Harness/Hatchback (Cont’d)
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL646D
EL-773
HARNESS LAYOUT
Body Harness/Hatchback (Cont’d)
RHD MODELS NJEL0348S02
YEL647D
EL-774
HARNESS LAYOUT
Body Harness/Hatchback (Cont’d)
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL648D
EL-775
HARNESS LAYOUT
Room Lamp Harness
YEL649D
EL-776
HARNESS LAYOUT
SMA for VIN >SJNxxAN16U0522332 Front Door Harness/LHD Models
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
YEL160F
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-777
HARNESS LAYOUT
Front Door Harness/LHD Models (Cont’d)
RH SIDE NJEL0142S06
YEL161F
EL-778
HARNESS LAYOUT
SMA for VIN >SJNxxAN16U0522332 Front Door Harness/RHD Models
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
YEL291F
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-779
HARNESS LAYOUT
Front Door Harness/RHD Models (Cont’d)
RH SIDE NJEL0349S03
YEL292F
EL-780
HARNESS LAYOUT
SMA for VIN >SJNxxAN16U0522332 Rear Door Harness
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
YEL151F
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-781
HARNESS LAYOUT
Rear Door Harness (Cont’d)
RH SIDE NJEL0416S02
YEL152F
EL-782
HARNESS LAYOUT
Back Door Harness
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
YEL656D
EL-783
NJEL0144
BULB SPECIFICATIONS
Headlamp
Headlamp NJEL0144S03
*1 H1LL ... RHD models except for Europe, H7 ... RHD models for Europe and LHD models
Parking lamp 5
Turn signal 21
Stop/Tail 21/5
Rear combination lamp
Back-up 18
License lamp 5
Personal lamp 5
EL-784
NJEL0311
APPS1 EC Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 1 ESP BR Vehicle Dynamics Control System MT
APPS2 EC Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 ETC1 EC Throttle Control Motor Function
APPS3 EC Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor ETC2 EC Throttle Control Motor Relay AT
APP1PW EC Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 1 ETC3 EC Throttle Control Motor
Power
F/FOG EL Front Fog Lamp AX
APP2PW EC Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2
F/PUMP EC Fuel Pump
Power
AUDIO EL Audio
FIAR EC Fuel Injector Adjustment Resistor SU
FRO2 EC Front Heated Oxygen Sensor (Non
BA/FTS AT A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor and
E-OBD) BR
TCM Power Supply
FRPS EC Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor
BACK/L EL Back-up Lamp
EL-785
WIRING DIAGRAM CODES (CELL CODES)
Code Section Wiring Diagram Name Code Section Wiring Diagram Name
IMV/D EC Fuel Flow Actuator PRGVLV EC EVAP Canister Purge Volume Con-
trol Solenoid Valve
INJECT EC Injector
PRWIRE EL Theft Warning System
INJPMP EC Injection Pump
PS/SEN EC Power Steering Pressure Sensor
INJ/PW EC Injection Power
PST/M EC Power Steering Motor Signal
INT/L EL Spot, Vanity Mirror, Personal and
Trunk Room Lamps PST/SW EC Power Steering Oil Pressure Switch
IVC EC Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid R/FOG EL Rear Fog Lamp
Valve
ROOM/L EL Interior Room Lamp
IVC/V EC Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid
Valve RP/SEN EC Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
EL-786
WIRING DIAGRAM CODES (CELL CODES)
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
AT
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
IDX
EL-787
NOTES